THIRD REPORT TO CONGRESS
   RESOURCE RECOVERY
   AND WASTE REDUCTION
         This publication (SW-161) was prepared
 by the OFFICE OF SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS
as required by Section 205 of The Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended
and was delivered September 3, 1975, to the President and the Congress
     U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                  1975

-------
An environmental protection publication in the solid waste management series (SW-161)




  For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402

-------
                           FOREWORD


   The Solid Waste Disposal Act (P.L. 89-272, Title II, Section 205) requires
that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency study the recovery of resources
from solid waste and the reduction of solid waste at its sources. This document
represents the Agency's third report to the President and the Congress on these
subjects; the previous reports were issued in February 1973 and March 1974.
   This  report  reviews  the current  status of resource recovery  and waste
reduction in the United States and findings of EPA studies and investigations
that have become available over the past year. It reflects the widening interest
and  knowledge that are developing  in  these  areas,  as well as the various
unknowns, uncertainties, and barriers that remain.
   In view of the rising level of concern about reserves of energy and materials,
about the need to  restrain our impacts  on  the  environment, and  about the
growing costs of solid waste management,  it seems clear that resource recovery
and  waste reduction should be matters of ever-increasing priority in the years
ahead.

                                    -RUSSELL E. TRAIN
                                     Administrator
                                     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                   ui

-------
                CONTRIBUTING STAFF
   The information  in this report was derived from a number of contractual
efforts, demonstration grants, and staff analyses. Contributing EPA staff, under
the direction of J.  Nicholas Humber, included Stephen A. Lingle,  Frank A.
Smith,  Fred  L.  Smith, Yvonne M.  Garbe,  and Penelope Hansen,  Materials
Recovery; Robert A. Lowe, Steven J. Levy,  David B. Sussman, and  J. Robert
Holloway, Energy Recovery; Eileen Claussen, Michael Loube, Harold Samtur,
and Charles Peterson, Waste Reduction. The manuscript was  edited  by Emily
Sano and typed by Nancy Zeigler, Maryellyn Bailey, Jacqualine Donaldson, and
Sharon Brady.
                                IV

-------
                          CONTENTS
                                                                  PAGE
   Summary .......................................    «
1. Background and Perspectives on Resource Recovery and
      Waste Reduction
        DEFINITIONS AND POTENTIALS  ......................     1
             Post-Consumer Solid Wastes Defined ..................     1
             Resource Recovery ............................     1
             Waste Reduction  .............................     4
        THE QUANTITY AND COMPOSITION OF POST-CONSUMER SOLID
          WASTE .....................................     5
             Estimates for 1973 ............................     5
             Future Trend Projections .........................     8
        THE BENEFITS OF RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE
          REDUCTION .................................    11
             Community Solid Waste Management ...................    11
             Conservation of Natural Resources  ...................    12
             Environmental Protection . .  . : ....................    13
        REFERENCES  ..................................    14

2. Waste Reduction ..................................    16

        TECHNICAL OPTIONS  .............................    17
             Reduced Resource Use Per Product ...................    17
             Design for Longer Life ..........................    20
             Reuse ....................................    22
        MECHANISMS TO ACHIEVE WASTE REDUCTION ............    24
             Product Charges ..............................    25
             Deposit Systems ..............................    27
             Voluntary Waste Reduction .......................    30
        REFERENCES  ..................................    31

3. Energy Recovery from Post-Consumer Solid Waste ........    33

        QUANTITY OF ENERGY POTENTIALLY RECOVERABLE .......    33
             Theoretical Potential ...........................    33
             Available Potential  ............................    33
             Impact on Energy Demand ........................    33
             Projected Implementations of Energy Recovery Systems ......    34
             Effect of Paper Recycling on Energy Recovery ............    34
        TECHNOLOGY AND MARKETS  .......................    35
             Solid, Liquid, and Gaseous Fuels ....................    35
             Steam Produced from Solid Waste ....................    40
             Electricity Produced from Solid Waste .................    42
             Comparison of Energy Forms  ......................    43
        EVALUATION OF AVAILABILITY OF TECHNOLOGY ..........    43
             Technologies Now Available .......................    43
             Technologies in Development  ......................    44
        REFERENCES  ..................................    44

-------
               RESOURCE RECOVERY AND SOURCE REDUCTION

                                                                    PAGE

4. Materials Recovery	    45

        PAPER RECOVERY	     45
             Background	     45
             Changes in Paper Recycling in 1973 and 1974	     46
             Projections of Domestic Wastepaper Consumption	     51
             Conclusions	     51
        GROWTH OF SOURCE SEPARATION FOR PAPER RECOVERY ....     52
             Separate Newspaper Collection	     53
             Source Separation of Corrugated Paper	     55
             Office Paper Recovery	     55
             Conclusions	,	     56
        STEEL CAN RECYCLING  	     56
             Background	     56
             Developments in Markets for Post-Consumer Cans	     56
             Ferrous Recovery Technology	: . .     58
             Economics	     58
             Impact of Beverage Container Legislation	     58
             Conclusions	     58
        ALUMINUM	     59
             Technology Developments	     59
             Status of Aluminum Recovery Implementation	     60
             Impact of Beverage Container Legislation	     60
        GLASS	     60
             Developments in Recovery Techniques	     60
             Economics and Markets	     61
             Impact of Beverage Container Legislation	     62
        REFERENCES	'	     62

5. Resource Recovery Plant Cost Estimates	-.    63

        GENERAL METHODS AND DESIGN ASSUMPTIONS	     63
             What the Data Represent	     63
             Standardizing the Plant Designs	     64
             Normalizing the Cost and Revenue Estimates	     65
        COMPARATIVE SUMMARY OF NORMALIZED CAPITAL
           INVESTMENT COST ESTIMATES	     67
             Total Capital Cost	     67
             Annualized Capital Cost	     68
             Capital Cost Per Ton	     69
        COMPARATIVE SUMMARY OF NORMALIZED ESTIMATES FOR
           OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE COSTS	     69
        SUMMARY OF TOTAL AND NET COST ESTIMATES	     69
             Total Cost Estimates	     69
             Net Revenue or Cost Results	     71
        SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS	     73
        REFERENCES	     74

6. Status of Waste Reduction Efforts and Implementation of
      Resource Recovery Systems	    75

        WASTE REDUCTION EFFORTS  	     75
             Industry Efforts	     75
             Present Activity by States and Localities	     76
             Support of Public Interest Organizations	     77
        IMPLEMENTATION OF RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEMS	     77
             Environmental Impact of Resource Recovery Facilities	     77
             Constraints to Energy Recovery System Implementation	     78
             Availability of Financing	     80
             Present Activities in States and Cities	     81
        REFERENCES	     86

-------
                            CONTENTS

                                                         PAGE

Appendix-Description of Six EPA-Supported Resource
   Recovery Technology Demonstrations	   87

       SHREDDED, CLASSIFIED WASTE AS A COAL SUBSTITUTE-ST.
         LOUIS, MISSOURI	    87
       PYROLYSIS FOR STEAM GENERATION-BALTIMORE,
         MARYLAND	    90
       PYROLYSIS TO PRODUCE LIQUID FUEL-SAN DIEGO
         COUNTY, CALIFORNIA	    90
       PROCESSED WASTE AS A FUEL OIL SUBSTITUTE-STATE OF
         DELAWARE	    91
       WET PULPING FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY-FRANKLIN, OHIO . .    93
       MATERIALS RECOVERY FROM INCINERATOR RESIDUE-LOWELL,
         MASSACHUSETTS	    95
                               Vll

-------

-------
                            SUMMARY
      This report, on the recovery of resources from waste and the reduction of
waste generation, examines the policy issues, reviews technological progress,
summarizes city and State activities, and reviews EPA studies and investigations
for the year 1974. The following is a chapter-by-chapter summary of the report.
                   BACKGROUND AND PERSPECTIVES
          ON RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
      Both  resource  recovery and waste  reduction are  important waste
management  techniques because they reduce the amount  of waste  discarded,
thus reducing collection and disposal costs. Both are also measures to conserve
natural resources and prevent environmental damage.
                         Definitions and Potentials
      •  Source separation (the separating out of recyclable material at the waste
source) has been  the principal method of recovery  to date.  Approximately 9
million tons of materials,  mostly paper, were recovered in  1973.  Although the
yearly amount  is expected to increase  to  between 15 and 17 million tons by
1985, it appears that potential recycling levels, which are much higher, will not
be realized.
      •  Technology for resource  recovery from mixed wastes  is still in  the
development stage. Some technologies have been demonstrated; many have not.
Existing commitments for plant construction indicate that many systems will be
demonstrated in the next 3 to 5 years. Very little can be done to accelerate this
progress because of time required for proper planning, design, construction, and
shakedown. It appears that by 1985 about 10 percent of the nation's residential
and  commercial waste will be processed by resource recovery plants.  The
potential level, however, is 50 to 60 percent.
     • Primary obstacles to  resource recovery are weaknesses in the markets
for secondary materials, and institutional shortcomings.
     •  Waste reduction techniques could reduce waste generation  by more than
20 million  tons a year by 1985.  These techniques involve the redesigning of
products or changes in societal patterns of consumption and waste  generation. A
20-million-ton reduction would represent 15 percent of nonfood product wastes.
Total post-consumer waste, including food and yard waste, would be reduced by
more than 10 percent.
                   Post-Consumer Solid Waste Generation
                    Estimates for 1973 and Projections
     • Half  of recent increases  in  waste  generation was contributed  by
containers and packaging. According to material flow estimates, total  residential
                                   IX

-------
               RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION

and commercial waste generation increased from 125 million tons in 1971 to
135 million tons in 1973.
     • Only 7 percent of post-consumer waste (other than junked autos)  was
recycled in  1973.  Most of the recycling  (93 percent of  total tonnage) is
accounted for by paper products—principally old newspapers, office papers,  and
paperboard packaging.
     • Even with projected increases in resource recovery, the amount of solid
waste  disposed  of annually will increase by 30  million tons  by 1985. A
quadrupling in recovery of materials and energy is projected, but wastes disposed
of will still increase in the absence of new Federal  incentives for resource
recovery and waste reduction.
           Significance of Resource Recovery and Waste Reduction
     • Both approaches are necessary to have a positive impact on the amounts
of solid waste disposed of. The philosophical debate between resource recovery
and waste reduction is not  valid. Neither approach by itself will yield desired
reductions in waste levels and solid waste management costs.
     • Resource  recovery  and  waste  reduction could make  substantial
contributions to  conservation of raw  materials and energy. U.S. and foreign
growth rates in material consumption suggest that the world's natural resources
base will  be subject  to extreme pressures before the  end of  this century;
conservation measures seem imperative.
     • The environmental implications of these approaches extend far beyond
the local incinerator or dump site,  since they are inextricably linked to  the
industrial  structure  of the  economy.  Whenever a waste reduction measure
reduces the quantity of a material consumed, the quantities of all direct  and
indirect raw  material  and  energy inputs—and their associated environmental
impacts—are  also reduced.  Resource  recovery has similar  implications:  the
environmental  effects  of manufacturing using secondary materials are almost
always less than those of manufacturing from virgin materials.
                           WASTE REDUCTION
     Waste reduction is defined here  as  reduction in  the  generation of waste
through a reduction in consumption of materials or products.
                             Technical Options
     The major technical options in achieving waste reduction are:
     • Reduced resource use per product-the designing  of products so that
minimal quantities  of  resources are  used  in their  construction  (e.g.,  a
thinner-walled  container).  This would result  in a decrease not  only in  the
amount of materials used but also in  energy consumption. Increasing costs of
materials  and  energy have  resulted  in new  designs  to reduce resource
intensiveness  in products such as steel  cans, glass bottles,  shipping containers,
and milk containers.
     • Increased, product lifetime-the  use of products over an extended period
of time (e.g., use of  a  tire with a longer service life) and the designing of
products for longer  life. The availability  and  use of  products with longer
lifetimes would clearly impact upon the waste stream. As product life increases,
solid waste generation per unit of time for the product decreases. It should be

-------
                                  SUMMARY

noted that product lifetime is a relatively complex attribute of durable goods,
depending not only on durability but also on sociological and economic factors.
      • Product reuse—the multiple use of products in their original forms (e.g.,
the use, washing, and refilling of a glass bottle) and the designing of products for
multiple  use. Product  reuse  has significant impacts upon litter, material and
energy consumption, and waste generation. The concept applies to the broad and
increasing category of products that  are now  designed to be used once and
discarded. Reuse  is different from  recycling  in  that  the products are not
reprocessed and  refabricated but are used  in  their  original  form. Studies  of
refillable beverage containers indicate that considerable savings in materials and
energy and reduction  in waste generation can be achieved through use of such
products.
                           Public Policy Options
      • Voluntary  waste reduction-voluntary shifts  in  product design and  in
consumer choices to reduce resource use and waste generation. Industries could
redesign  their products to conserve resources and  reduce waste, and consumers
can make purchases after considering the implications  for resources and waste  of
available product choices.
      Voluntary  programs  seem  to  hold  more promise than mandatory
programs,  particularly  at  a  time  when there is a  confluence  of business,
environmental, and consumer interests in the area of product design. EPA is now
actively urging voluntary waste reduction and has established a program designed
to focus industry efforts on product redesign for  decreased material use.
      • Deposits—systems designed to provide  an incentive for  the  reuse  of
products.  Deposits  could apply to  reusable  products (e.g., refillable soft drink
bottles or tires) or to other items  that could be returned for recycling (e.g., a
deposit on automobiles to decrease auto abandonment). Implementation  of a
deposit system would  provide an economic  incentive to return a product to a
central collection point so that it could be reused  with minimal recovery costs.
An economic disincentive would also  be imposed on those who do not return
the product.
      A great deal of public attention has been  focused on deposit systems for
beer and  soft drink containers. In  Resource Recovery and Source Reduction;
Second Report to Congress, the impacts of deposit systems were presented  in
some detail. As is pointed out in that report, a deposit  system will likely result  in
declines in beverage container litter and solid waste. Also, to the extent that the
deposit results  in  a  predominantly  refillable  bottle system, there will be
substantial energy, material, and pollution savings.
      Cost savings to the consumer  are also likely  to occur as a result of a shift
to a largely refillable bottle system. Beverages  sold in refillable containers are
cheaper than  those sold in  one-way containers because cost  savings attained
through multiple use are greater than cost increases added by container cleaning
and transportation.
      On  the basis  of these indications) EPA  has testified  to the Congress
favoring  the  implementation  of a nationwide  mandatory  deposit  law for
beverage  containers. However, implementation  of such  legislation, if  enacted,
should be phased in over a  substantial  period of time in order to minimize
unemployment and  other economic dislocations that might result.

                                     xi

-------
                 RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION

      • Product charges—taxes designed to provide an incentive for decreased
material and product use.  A study  of the cost and  effectiveness of product
charges in  reducing the consumer packaging segment of municipal waste  was
carried out. Three charge schemes were selected for analysis:

      1.    A tax on consumer products packaging by weight
      2.    A  tax  on the  weight  of consumer products packaging with an
           exemption for recycled materials (i.e., a tax only on the weight of
           virgin materials consumed in a package)
      3.    A per unit tax on all  rigid containers used to package consumer
           products
      The study found that for each tax, the effectiveness increases as the tax
rate increases.  Comparing  the  different product taxes,  the  per unit tax on
containers induces the largest reductions in solid waste generation and energy
utilization. The product tax on packaging with an  exemption  for  recycled
materials leads to substantial increases in the recycling of post-consumer wastes
and reduces  raw materials consumption.  The  tax  on  packaging by weight
without the exemption has about the same effectiveness in reducing solid waste
generation  and  energy  utilization as  the  tax  with an  exemption,  but it  is
substantially  less effective in reducing raw materials  consumption  and  less
effective in increasing the recycling of post-consumer wastes.
      ENERGY RECOVERY FROM POST-CONSUMER SOLID WASTE
      In 1973,  about  135  million  tons  of solid waste were generated by
residential and commercial sources in the United States. About 70 to 80 percent
of that waste was combustible and convertible to energy.
      • Not all waste is available for energy recovery. Because energy recovery
systems must  be large to achieve economies of scale, energy recovery appears
feasible only in more densely populated areas, such as Standard Metropolitan
Statistical Areas (SMSA's).
      • A significant amount of energy can be recovered from municipal waste.
This  energy is equivalent to 10 percent of all  coal used by electric utilities in
 1973 and is enough to light every home and office in the nation.
      • Only 10 percent of the potential will  be realized by 1980.  Based on
energy recovery systems planned or under development at the present time, it is
projected that by 1980 such systems should be operating in almost 30  cities and
counties and recovering the equivalent of 40,000 barrels  of oil per day, or less
than 10 percent of potential.
      • Some technologies are commercially available now. These include (1) the
generation of steam (for district heating and cooling or for industrial processing)
in a waterwall incinerator fueled solely by unprocessed solid waste and (2) the
use of  prepared (shredded and classified) solid waste  as  a supplement to
pulverized  coal  in electric  utility boilers. Steam generation systems  are being
built  in Nashville, Tennessee (for district heating and cooling), and in Saugus,
Massachusetts (for industrial process steam). The use of prepared solid waste as a
supplementary boiler fuel is being demonstrated with EPA grant support in St.
Louis, Missouri, with the cooperation of and funding by the Union Electric
                                     xu

-------
                                 SUMMARY

 Company. Supplementary fuel  systems are also being implemented by many
 communities across the country.
      • Although technology is available, some risk exists because the operating
 experience  has  not  been  substantial. These  technologies are  defined as
 commercially available because  they have been demonstrated  in large-scale
 facilities and because private industry is offering the systems for sale. However,
 there has been relatively little  experience with  these systems. Consequently,
 until more of them are built and operated, there will still be some risk associated
 with their implementation.
      • Other,  and possibly more economical and more efficient, technologies
 are being developed. Pyrolysis, which converts solid waste into gaseous or liquid
 fuels, is being demonstrated with EPA support in Baltimore, Maryland, and San
 Diego County,  California, and by several private companies. Pyrolysis systems
 are  projected to become  commercially available in  the 1977 to  1980  time
 period.
      In addition to pyrolysis, the production of methane gas through controlled
 biological decomposition  (anaerobic digestion) of  solid waste is about to be
 performed at pilot-plant scale. Commercial implementation of this technology is
 projected to begin after 1980.
                         MATERIALS RECOVERY
                             Paper Recycling
      • In 1973  the  amount  of wastepaper recycled  domestically was 21
 percent of total paper and board consumption. However, of all post-consumer
 paper discarded into the municipal solid waste  stream, only 16 percent was
 recycled. Both of these figures represent slight increases over 1972.
      • Wastepaper recycling (14 million tons) could  easily have been doubled
 by expanding the practice of source separation. There were 44.2 million tons of
 post-consumer paper discards unrecovered in 1973, including 8 million tons of
 newspapers, almost  12 million  tons  of corrugated containers, just under 10
 million tons of printing and writing papers, and almost 15 million tons of other
 grades.
     • Wastepaper prices fluctuated widely in the last 2 years. The demand for
 wastepaper took a significant turn upward during 1973 and early  1974,  then
 reversed itself and has dropped severely from mid-1974 through the first quarter
 of 1975. By late 1974, wastepaper prices had fallen to one-half to one-fourth the
 levels of only 6  to 9 months earlier.
     • Kxports of wastepaper increased significantly in 1973. They increased
 by 65 percent  over 1972,  but still represented only  about  5 percent of total
 recovery  of  wastepaper  in the United States. In  1974 wastepaper exports
 continued to increase, and by midyear were double the corresponding level of
 1973. However, in the latter half of 1974 exports declined rapidly. Total exports
 for 1974 were 91 percent above those of 1973.
     • Future trends  in wastepaper demand are unclear. Industry  projections
for 1974  through 1976  had suggested wastepaper consumption increases of
roughly 6 percent per year, but consumption actually fell slightly in  1974. Even
if the projections were realized, however, the recycling rate would have been
increased only slightly, if at all.
                                  xui

-------
              RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION

     • Source separation  of wastepaper is the most prominent means of
recovering  paper from municipal discards.  In  September  1974  there  were
approximately 134  programs for  separation  of newspaper by homeowners for
subsequent collection on a regular basis. Only a dozen such programs existed in
1972.  Source  separation of corrugated containers and office paper also  grew
rapidly in  1973. At least  200 office  paper separation programs  have  been
initiated since the beginning of 1973.
     • Source separation can reduce waste management costs. Data on the
economics  of separate newspaper collection programs from  case studies show
that many communities  have  broken  even or achieved savings in their overall
collection operation by instituting separate collection. Program economics vary
with wastepaper price, disposal costs, type of collection used, and other factors.
                Steel, Aluminum, and Glass Recycling-1973
     • Less than 2 percent of the steel scrap (excluding autos) was recovered.
The technology  of  ferrous scrap recovery is  well developed.  Economics appear
favorable when shredding of waste is not being performed exclusively for ferrous
recovery and when markets are available within  a reasonable distance. EPA  is
aware  of 25 cities  that  are magnetically separating  ferrous  metal. The major
markets for recovered ferrous scrap include the  copper precipitation industry,
the steel industry, and the detinning  industry. Currently, more than half the
scrap is consumed by the copper industry.
     • About 3 percent of the glass  was recovered,  mainly  through volunteer
collection centers.
     • The technology  for glass recovery  from mixed wastes has not  been
demonstrated at full scale.  The  technical and economic  feasibility is as yet
uncertain.  Technically, color-mixed  glass can be obtained more  easily  and
cheaply than color-sorted glass, but markets are less plentiful. However,  new
potential markets exist for color-mixed cullet, such as in foamed glass insulation
and in the making of bricks. These markets have not yet been developed
significantly.
     • About 3.5 percent of  the aluminum  in the municipal solid waste stream
was recovered, primarily through collection centers.
     • No technologies to recover aluminum from  mixed waste  have  been
demonstrated  at full scale.  Several  new  mechanical  techniques are being
developed,  but their technical  and economic viability is still uncertain. Because
of its high  value, the recovered aluminum is not expected to pose any significant
marketing problems.
            RESOURCE RECOVERY PLANT COST  ESTIMATES
     The  Environmental  Protection  Agency  has  analyzed  a  number of
engineering design conceptions for the  next generation of shredded fuel recovery
plants  based on the St. Louis prototype. Existing cost estimates prepared by
engineering consultant and system development companies are not directly
comparable with one another because  of differences in estimating methods,
accounting formats, and location-specific costing  factors. Therefore,  five recent
preliminary design  cost  studies were  normalized to  produce comparable  cost
estimates  representative  of the degree  of  consensus within  the  engineering
community.
                                   xiv

-------
                                 SUMMARY

     The  results  indicate that differences  in  cost estimates  among design
conceptions  and  engineering  firms are  still  quite significant,  even  after
adjustments for location, time, and other nonstandard elements. However, the
differences are no  greater than might be expected  given the present state of
technological  development and  lack of  operating commercial prototypes.
Indeed, differences  in basic capital and operating costs attributable to different
technical engineering conceptions are in many respects of less consequence than
the  differences introduced by  the use of  alternative costing  methods  and
location-specific cost factors.
     Analysis of normalized cost estimates and alternative product selling-price
projections indicates that potential  net cost projections will  fall in a very broad
range from a net profit (very unlikely) to a very high cost (also unlikely). Most
cases appear competitive with current or projected landfill costs in many, if not
most,  U.S. cities.  All  cases using  low-cost (public  sector) financing options,
including  even the highest  cost  case-study  plant, were  competitive  with
conventional municipal incineration.
     Three conclusions of the analysis are of special importance:
     • Shredded fueJ revenues are a major element in determining net cost;
differences between high and low estimates of these revenues are considerable.
The  potential market value of the shredded fuel is the most uncertain element of
the net cost equation. The high and low estimates of shredded fuel price are $16
and  $3 per ton of raw waste processed. The range between the estimates almost
dwarfs all other elements of the net cost calculation,
     • High  utilization  of  plant is  necessary  to prevent  operating cost
escalations. Reduction  in  utilization from 90 percent to 60 percent can result in
operating cost increases of up to $4 per ton. This is substantial for systems that
are projected to operate  at net costs of $6 to $10  per ton. This high cost of
failure  to maintain reasonable utilization rates underlines  the  importance of
sound planning and capable management.
     • The cumulative importance of "other special costs" elements must not
be discounted.  This major category of costs includes property taxes, land and
unusual site work, residual disposal, fuel transportation, and non-plant overhead
charges. The "other special costs"  can be higher than either of the other two
major cost categories, capital costs and operating and maintenance costs.
                  STATUS OF WASTE REDUCTION AND
                    RESOURCE RECOVERY EFFORTS
                             Waste Reduction
     • Industry activity. Resource shortages and inflation have forced many
industries to take  steps  that  provide  waste reduction  benefits. Many have
reduced the  variety of products  (e.g.,  number of different container sizes
offered) that  they manufacture  or have  redesigned products to  use  less
material. It is  expected  that industry will continue to  redesign products if
shortages and price increases continue. It is significant that these product design
shifts are now becoming a requirement among product designers and marketers;
that  is, resource use is now a high-priority consideration in the manufacture of a
product. Once this direction is firmly established, the impacts upon resource use,
environmental pollution, and waste generation can only be positive.
                                    xv

-------
                RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION

     • State activity. Packaging control legislation has been introduced in 50
State legislatures and  numerous county and city  councils since  1971. As of
October 1974, three States (Oregon, Vermont, and South Dakota) have passed
laws relating strictly  to beverage containers; and  one State (Minnesota) has
passed a law that affects all major littered items.
     • Citizen  activity. Basing their appeal upon  both resource  conservation
and solid waste management needs, citizen groups and spokesmen for the public
interest have consistently called for a national effort to decrease the quantity of
wastes generated.
                            Resource Recovery
     • State activity. As  of the end of  1974, 10  States had grant or loan
programs for  the construction of  resource  recovery systems; 12  States are
involved in  planning  or regulating resource recovery activities on a statewide
basis; and 5 States have the authority to  create agencies  to operate resource
recovery facilities.  In this last  group, the Connecticut  Resource Recovery
Authority is the only agency that  has been funded  and has committed funds to
construction.
     • Municipal activity.  Resource recovery systems are operating in five cities
around the country; seven  other plants are under construction or in the startup
phase;  approximately  20 communities are committed to building systems, and at
least 30 others are active  in evaluating the feasibility  of resource recovery.
     This level of activity  is substantial considering the low level of experience
with  resource  recovery  technologies. As  experience  broadens and  more
operational  data  become  available,  implementation should  continue  at  a
reasonable rate.
                     Constraints to Resource Recovery
     Implementation could be accelerated if certain constraints were overcome.
The major constraints include:
     • Technical risks. The technical risks include uncertainties about costs and
operating performance. Additional operational experience  providing necessary
data will reduce these  uncertainties. The present level of implementations should
provide sufficient data.
     • Marketing risks.  Virtually  no cities  or companies have substantial
experience in the marketing of energy and secondary materials extracted from
municipal solid   waste.  Long-term  purchase  commitments are  requisite to
minimizing revenue uncertainties. However,  because  there is little experience
with products recovered from municipal waste, few prospective purchasers are
willing to make  long-term  commitments. Again, this constraint can be reduced
by additional experience.
     • Inadequate information. This is an impediment to any decisionmaking
process.  Comprehensive information  is  not available.  A  stronger  Federal
technical assistance program can develop from systems being constructed.
     • State laws. There are  a  variety of State laws  that  could delay or
jeopardize  the future implementation of resource  recovery  systems.  Three
examples are laws restricting contract length, laws requiring "split bidding," and
laws that require selection of a contractor on the basis of cost alone.
                                    xvi

-------
                              SUMMARY

                       Financing Resource Recovery
     • Financing does not appear to be a problem. To date, financing has not
been a problem for well-conceived systems. Most of the focus in plant financing
has been on the public and private bond markets: municipal general obligation
bonds, municipal and industrial revenue bonds, and corporate bonds. Public
financing is more attractive than private  financing to most cities because of
lower interest rates.
     The capital markets have  limited  experience with  resource  recovery
systems. More experience and information development must occur to improve
the knowledge of the financial community.
     In summary, most constraints can be overcome by additional experience
and information,  and a strong Federal program  to develop information and
provide technical assistance.
                                 xvu

-------

-------
                                        Chapter  1

                  BACKGROUND AND PERSPECTIVES ON
          RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
   Resource recovery and  waste  reduction can be
thought of as waste management techniques since
both reduce the amount of waste  discarded. From a
slightly different  viewpoint, these  nondisposal waste
management alternatives can  be  regarded also as
natural  resource  conservation  and  environmental
protection  measures because  they  save  material
resources and  reduce the causes  of environmental
degradation. The  purposes of  this  chapter  are to
provide background information relevant to resource
recovery  and waste  reduction and to discuss their
potential significance in relation  to this country's
interrelated waste management, resource conserva-
tion, and environmental protection  problems.

       DEFINITIONS AND POTENTIALS
       Post-Consumer Solid Wastes Defined
   Like the first  two reports, this Third Report to
Congress is  focused on that portion of  the nation's
total  solid  waste stream  referred  to as  "post-
consumer"  municipal solid wastes,  i.e., those  dis-
carded by the  final  consumer,  not by raw-material
producers and manufacturers. These include both the
bulky and  non-bulky wastes  typically  collected in
household refuse,  as well as similar materials from
commercial and governmental office buildings, whole-
sale and  retail trade establishments, and other general
business and service sectors of the economy.
   Specifically  excluded from the  present definition
are wastes  from  "pre-consumer"  sources, such as
mining,  agricultural, and  industrial  processing re-
siduals, as well as a  number of waste types that are
often considered  to he in the municipal or post-
consumer category, such as demolition and construc-
tion wastes, street sweepings, and sewage sludge.
   Detailed estimates of the quantity and composi-
tion of the  post-consumer municipal  solid waste
stream are presented later in this chapter.
               Resource Recovery
   "Resource recovery"  is a general term  encom-
passing a  wide variety of technical approaches  for
retrieving  or  creating  economic values from waste
streams.  In  the  solid waste management context,
resource  recovery can be defined to include  three
main categories:
   1. Material  recych'ng-the recovery  of  specific
     reprocessed secondary materials, such as new
     steel from  steel  scrap or new paper products
     from wastepaper.
  2. Material conversion-the recovery from waste
     of  new forms of  byproduct-type  materials,
     typically for uses very different from  that of
     the   original material.  Well-known  examples
     include  the  production  of highway  paving
     materials out  of  waste  glass and  rubber,
     building bricks from incinerator residues, and
     compost from mixed organic materials.
  3. Energy  con version-the  recovery  of  energy
     values,  either  directly by burning combustible
     waste in a boiler to produce steam or hot water,
     or  indirectly  by first  processing  the  organic
     waste fraction to produce a  solid,  liquid, or
     gaseous fuel.
  Resource  recovery  from  municipal  solid waste
invariably  requires a  sequence  of  collection  and
processing steps  to  render the recovered products
available in a form, quantity, and location that would
make  them economically competitive with counter-
part "virgin" products.  The initial stages  of this

-------
                              RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
sequence are analogous to  the  extraction and pre-
liminary processing phases for virgin materials, includ-
ing the mining of ores and harvesting of crops, as well
as the initial refining stages.
   In the case of recovery from wastes, the "extrac-
tion" phase may  be  accomplished in either of two
ways. One  is  the traditional  method  of "source
separation"-i.e.,  the  segregation  of specific  waste
products at their  point of discard for concentrated
collection.  The other is the newly evolving mixed-
waste processing  approach whereby municipal solid
waste collected in mixed  form is  processed to yield
secondary material or energy products.
   Regardless  of  which   "extraction"  method  is
involved-source separation  or mixed-waste process-
ing-the recovered material  or energy product must
still be  marketed  in  competition with a virgin raw
material or fuel.
   Source Separation.   Segregation of waste materi-
als  at the  point  of discard has been the principal
method for  recovering  materials from  the  waste
stream  for recycling. Source  separation currently
accounts for virtually  all post-consumer recycling,
estimated at about 9  million  tons (of which  8.7
million  tons  was paper) in  1973.  This amounted to
about  10  percent  of gross discards of  nonfood
product waste.
   Relevance.  Source  separation  is applicable to a
variety  of products and materials, including at least
the  following:  glass  and metal containers, various
types of  wastepapers,  tires,  large household  appli-
ances, and waste lubricating  oils. These types  of
wastes  account  for  about  75  percent of  post-
consumer gross discards of manufactured products, or
about 50 percent of  total waste,  including food and
yard sources.
   Source  separation  as a means  of recycling has a
number of apparent strengths. For  example, it is
feasible at a small scale and is thus  available to smaller
cities. Since it has very low capital requirements, it is
a flexible option that can be phased in rapidly and
modified  readily over time. It also has  a technical
advantage  in that  it  produces   relatively "pure"
(uncontaminated and homogeneous) products  which
can have relatively high value.
   There  are  also  well-recognized  limitations  or
shortcomings. Source separation requires direct par-
ticipation by large numbers of people (i.e., in house-
holds, office buildings, and retail stores). Historically
its  effectiveness  has been mixed due to  lack  of
organization and incentives. Its economic feasibility is
adversely  affected  by   fluctuating market  prices,
particularly  for paper and ferrous scrap. On a national
and regional basis, short-run future market demand is
distinctly limited  relative  to  potential  levels  of
supply.  This  is  particularly  true  for wastepaper
(almost all  grades),  tires, and probably waste lubri-
cants, under current and projected economic condi-
tions. Demand for steel cans  is also limited in most
regions. Demand for other types of household ferrous
scrap is uncertain.
   Potentials.   In  the  absence  of major  Federal
initiatives,  recycling through  source  separation is
projected to increase from about 9.4 million tons in
1973 to 16.5 million tons by 1985, according to EPA
estimates  based on  work by the Midwest Research
Institute. Although this indicates modest increases in
the recycling rates for most materials, they would still
fall far short of potentials.
   Though  often  considered  a purely "voluntary"
approach  because  of   its association with  local
"recycling centers,"  most source separation, in fact,
takes place  at commercial establishments  as part of
routine  business  activity, for profit. Another  large
source  separation  component,  newspapers  from
households,  is undertaken for profit by fund-raising
charities and private scavengers. Precisely how large a
portion of specific waste fractions could be extracted
under  various  possible  local or  national  incentive
programs is  not known.  Present EPA estimates, which
are crude and represent only a first approximation,
indicate that maximum potential source  separation
may be about triple the level projected for 1985.
   Based on expected amounts in the waste stream of
wastepaper,  glass  and  metal  containers,  tires, and
major  household  appliances,  it  is estimated  that
almost  50  million  tons a  year could  be  source
separated for recycling or material  conversion  by
1985 under a strong program of incentives.  This
50-million-ton potential should be compared with the
roughly 17  million  tons actually projected  for that
year, and the 9 million  tons estimated for 1973. As a
"supply side" option for resource recovery, source
separation thus appears to have a great deal of unused

-------
             BACKGROUND AND PERSPECTIVES ON RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
potential-upwards of 30 million tons per year over
and above projected rates by 1985. A 30-million-ton
increment would amount to 20 to 25 percent of the
recyclable material in the waste stream.
   With  the possible exception  of aluminum,  the
primary  constraint  on  significantly increasing  the
recycling  rates of metals, fiber, and rubber by source
separation is lack of industrial demand for secondary
materials. However,  much  could also  be  done  to
improve the supply side-that is,  the effectiveness of
source separation systems. In principle, source separa-
tion is potentially subject to a variety of incentives at
various levels of government.  In  terms of technique
and management,  very little broad-scale (citywide or
countywide) experience exists, and very little serious
study  has  been directed to  the  development  of
multiproduct source separation systems, including the
use of incentives to improve either supply or demand.
   Mixed-Waste  Processing. Mixed-waste  processing
includes a variety of technologies for separating or
converting mixed municipal refuse into useful materi-
als or energy. All such  systems  are presently in an
early,  experimental  stage of development,  although
many of their component parts are standard items.
   Relevance. Virtually  all  such  systems  extract
ferrous metals,  with  up to  95-percent  extraction
efficiency. All systems could include optional extrac-
tion  of   some  kinds  of paper by handpicking,
depending on  economics. Systems  based  on  wet-
pulping (like the  Black  Clawson plant in Franklin,
Ohio)  and dry-shredding with air classification (St.
Louis) are both  adaptable in principle to either fiber
recovery  or  energy conversion. However, little inter-
est has been shown  on  the part of the U.S. paper
industry thus far, and most proposed installations are
directed at some type of energy market. Components
for the recovery of glass and  nonferrous  metals are
also optional for most systems.
   Large-scale mixed-waste processing for  resource
recovery is compatible with existing  waste collection
and  transfer systems. For  the region served, such
plants  could separate or  convert very large fractions
of total post-consumer waste. Most engineering design
estimates suggest that over 80  percent by weight and
over 90 percent  by volume of the waste input can be
diverted from disposal by these types of systems. On
the other hand, such enterprises involve relatively
large  initial  capital  requirements  and  long-term
commitments. To some extent, they also share  the
future market uncertainties of source separation.
   Potentials.  It  is not  clear how rapidly resource
recovery plants would be introduced in the absence
of  strong  Federal incentives  or  what  the precise
timing would be. There  are simply too many major
variables involved, not  the  least  of which  is  the
uncertainty of the competing  technologies. Various
estimates range from 15 to 40 plants, averaging 1,000
tons per day, on line for 1980.  Midwest Research
Institute has recently projected that  32 installations
with an aggregate capacity of 80,000 tons per day  (24
million  tons per year) would  be on line by  1985; this
was given as the most likely  estimate within a range
of  20  to  50   plants  (50,000-   to  130,000-TPD
capacity).1 This 1985 projection has been taken as a
baseline for present purposes.
   On  the basis  of this projection and an average
recovery rate of 85 percent of raw waste processed, a
total of about 20 million tons of recyclable materials
and fuels would be recovered in 1985. This would be
about 11  percent of the waste generation projected
for the  nation as a whole, and less than 50 percent of
the projected increase in annual solid waste genera-
tion between 1973 and 1985. Doubling the projected
number of plants to provide a capacity  of 160,000
tons per day (48 million tons per year) would, on a
nationwide basis, just keep pace with the  growth in
solid waste generation between 1973 and 1985.
   At the extreme, the maximum quantity of waste
that could be processed in centralized, mixed-waste
facilities is probably  limited by collection logistics
and economics to waste  from the urbanized areas of
the country.  For 1985, it is estimated that collected
waste in U.S. urbanized areas will amount to about
68  percent of total  U.S. waste generation. If all of
this  urban  waste  were  processed at  85 percent
efficiency  in  conversion of material,  this  would
account for about 115 million tons  (just under 60
percent of  the U.S. solid waste stream) or about five
times the MRI baseline projection. This is,  of course,
totally  unrealistic in  the 1985  time  frame, even
assuming maximum  Federal  intervention.  Neverthe-
less, it is useful to note that even with this maximum
conceivable implementation,  fully 40 percent of  the
national waste stream would not be included.

-------
                              RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
   From the  national perspective, mixed-waste proc-
essing will not  be of major quantitative significance
by 1980. That  is, it seems unlikely that much more
than 5 percent  of the nation's annual waste could be
processed in large-scale plants by that date. However,
by  1985, the baseline projection  is  that about  10
percent of the nation's  solid waste  stream will  be
accounted for by mixed-waste systems, even without
any  new major Federal  initiatives. As noted above,
this  is  a relatively  small  quantity  in  relation  to
technological potentials.
                 Waste Reduction
   "Waste reduction" (or "source reduction," the
term  used in the previous Reports to Congress) is
prevention of waste at its source, either by redesign-
ing  products  or by otherwise   changing  societal
patterns of  consumption  and waste  generation.*
Three  major approaches for  reducing solid  waste
generation have been recognized:
   1.   Reducing  material  per unit  of product-
       development and  use of products that require
       less  material  per unit of  product or  less
       packaging material  per  unit of product. Ex-
       amples could  include smaller  automobiles in
       place of larger ones and purchasing small items
       in bulk quantities  in order to reduce packaging
       requirements.
   2.   Increasing product lifetime—development and.
       use  of  durable and semidurable goods with
       greater average lifetime to reduce discards and
       replacement  needs.  This approach could be
       applied  to the whole range of durable goods.
   3.  Increasing product  reuse—substitution  of  re-
       usable products  for single-use  "disposable"
       products and  increasing the number of times
       items are  reused.  Examples of items to which
       this principle  could  be applied include bever-
       age containers, food service items, and certain
       napkin and towel  products.
   These basic  approaches may be carried out both
through the redesign of  products  on the part of
producers  and  by  substitution  among  existing
products on the part of consumers.  Success thus
depends not only on the availability of alternative
   *The term "waste reduction" should not be confused
with "volume reduction," which is used in the solid waste
management field to refer to waste compaction or baling.
product  designs  but also on  their  acceptance by
consumers. The latter often requires extensive "sup-
port systems," e.g., maintenance and repair facilities
for durable goods, second-hand markets for reusable
items,  specialized collection and storage systems for
reusable containers.
   Some waste reduction measures  may  imply re-
duced  standards of living  for at least some groups of
consumers  and reduced incomes for some groups of
producers.  On the other hand, waste reduction in
general could  well  be  regarded simply  as sound
economics  for the society as a whole, since it reduces
the national cost of providing a given level of material
well-being.  It will involve some  change in lifestyle and
material consumption habits for a substantial segment
of the population if it is to be  of any consequence in
reducing waste flows.
   Relevance.  As presently understood,  some of the
attributes of products and their consumption that are
of most significance  to solid waste generation appear
to  be single-use  rather  than   multiple-use design,
shorter rather than longer product 'lifetime (durabil-
ity), larger  rather than smaller products, more "rather
than less packaging material per unit of product, and
more rather than fewer units of products consumed
per family per year. Historically, these attributes have
been  "regulated"  for all  of the many thousands of
products primarily by market forces. With the excep-
tion of wartime product  rationing and material sup-
ply controls, the United States has never experienced
broad-scale public intervention  into these dimensions
of our economic life. Currently, the major peacetime
examples of intervention relate to product safety and
public health considerations.
   Although our current  understanding is limited, it
appears that one or more  waste reduction approaches
are potentially relevant  to virtually all  consumer
goods  (including containers and packaging) entering
the solid waste stream. One possible exception is the
food products category,  although even here one can
find examples where the application of plant and
animal genetics and various food marketing innova-
tions has altered the  generation of food wastes. If one
rules out food and yard wastes, this leaves about 60
to  65 percent of  the  post-consumer  solid  waste
stream  which  is subject to some degree  of waste
reduction at the source.

-------
            BACKGROUND AND PERSPECTIVES ON RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
   Many types of waste reduction could be initiated
at the  Federal level. Since such measures would
operate primarily through the product market struc-
ture (rather than through waste collection systems),
the entire national marketing area of products would
be  affected,  thus reducing rural as well as urban
wastes.  Many  types  of waste  reduction can  be
achieved voluntarily, with economic advantages to
the industries in question (although not necessarily to
their  material suppliers). Many  types could  be
introduced  relatively  rapidly  and  can  thus  have
nationwide impact  in only  a very few years' time
(certain packaging design changes, for  example). In
the case of some product design changes, there are no
recurring  annual  operating  and maintenance costs,
only initial costs  for the changeover in the form of
capital resource commitments.
   Potentials.  Waste  reduction  potentials  are  ex-
tremely difficult  to  evaluate in quantitative terms.
Nevertheless, a scenario has been constructed based
on  a  major  national shift  to  refillable beverage
containers and a  modest but pervasive program for
other nonfood products.  Analysis  of  potential ma-
terial  savings from this combination is  based on the
following   specifics:  (1) an  80-percent  shift  to
(18-trip) refillable beer  and soft drink containers,
with aluminum and  steel cans sharing  the remaining
20  percent; (2) a  major increase in  durability of
rubber tires based on currently evolving technology;
(3) a 10- to  15-percent  reduction in  the material
requirements  of  other products  based on  various
possible combinations of increased product durabil-
ity, reuse, and other consumer conservation measures.
   The combined annual effects of this scenario result
in potential reductions in the  1985 waste stream on
the  order  of greater than  20  million tons  of
product-related waste materials. This is more than 15
percent of the nonfood waste  stream. Total post-
consumer  waste,  including  food and yard waste,
would be reduced by over 10 percent.
   Obviously many questions can be raised about the
feasibility of achieving such a scenario, and consider-
able additional analysis would be required to substan-
tiate these possibilities and evaluate their economic
impacts.   Nevertheless,  the  technical  assumptions
appear reasonably sound as a set of initial values, at
least as  to general order of magnitude,  in view of the
fact that they allow a decade for design and imple-
mentation and there is some empirical evidence from
the Oregon and Vermont beverage container exper-
ience and  other  specific  industry product  design
changes.  (See Chapter  2 for further discussion of
State-level  beverage container legislation and other
examples of waste reduction efforts.)

      THE QUANTITY AND COMPOSITION
       OF POST-CONSUMER SOLID WASTE
   The Second  Report  to  Congress (March 1974)
indicated considerable  improvement in  our knowl-
edge of both total quantity and composition of the
nation's post-consumer  solid waste stream. For the
first time,   estimates were  presented detailing the
composition  of  the  1971  waste  stream both  by
material and by product type.2- P-3 The work done in
the year since that report has not provided reasons to
reject or significantly alter  the  bases for the 1971
estimates.3'4  They have been updated to 1973 and
additional details developed  on composition by prod-
uct type, on recycling,  and on projections of future
trends.

                Estimates for 1973
   EPA's current estimates  for  U.S. post-consumer
municipal waste  for 1973, based  on  reported material
flow  statistics   for 1973  and  earlier   years,  are
presented in Table 1. This table is organized in the
same format as the original table for 1971 appearing
in  the last Report to Congress,  with  all figures
updated  to 1973 values. The same definitions and
similar methods of calculation are used, so the 1973
data are directly comparable to the 1971 estimates.2
They are preliminary in the sense that they are based
in part on  industry statistics for 1973 that are still
subject to  revision by government and trade associa-
tion sources. The following were the more significant
changes between 1971 and 1973  (Table 2):
   Total waste generation:
   • Total post-consumer municipal waste increased
     by 10 million tons (8 percent) from  125 to 135
     million tons.
   • Per capita  generation increased from 3.3 to 3.5
     pounds per day (6.3-percent growth).

-------
                   RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
fc,
o

Q
U


§
  &

  Q



  O
  CO


  w



  K
CO

§a
rt u
u a; O

j w 3
OQ S Q

< S

  CJ Ou

  Q S
ss
O

CO
t-

S
s
U.
              as
            s
               I .-I
              8-
          •g
          15

          1
       8  8,

       I  a
-^  ^^



I  S
S  o
s
o
0)
IX
O S3
I s
c
8
o a
•2 3
a o
jg +••
s I
*fl •«
O
o.
S
•n u
I!
0.
o o
0 £
I ^
2 S
" ° 2
•5--S S
* si
J3 n
3 3
6j3
a
S3
flj 4)
ff J3 |












>o to o- -, t- NO vo
ON O ON ^* CN r-H tO
10 ~H

« •«• 0. NO C- - ON
to to CM m to CN *?
in . .
co ON to CN r~ to r- r- . NO
to
cscMinoo^-o OQNON
,2S3-o«, to..
NO ~. o t- ~< CN NO or-m
QN i— i ^J* tO O O ^^ tO O O




1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III

a i a i i i 3 Sd a


' ^2^53 S ' '
to'rNJNbincj-oto" a a •-<
CN -H *^
to
^ i i i i i ti i a i




3
o 5)
Q +•
sj! i
8 § _g „ t, «
|||l56| |||
Pk O S cu tf E-i ?
<-H tO
r-( tO
C*" r—t

o o
NO 00
m NO
3 S
•* •*
in CN
00 CN
in
6 1
CN



S

3 i




to
3
1
I
1
13
O
O
*3
o
0
3 s
O M
H S
•8
o
It,
T* PH m °-
^1" ^* rH 0
00 i-l rH

O O O 00
i-Hr-* tO
i— 1 i-H
-H m <• o
O 00 . O
CO -H O
1— 1
00 O ON 00
t~ IT) rH ^j
0 CN tO
f— 1 l-H
in
Q
CN



CNl
CN

to
rH

to
CNJ

to


01
i

^j
^
S s
| g 8, |
H g § H
'H S
>• i
                                                                 s o
                                                                 m >•
                                                              >•
                                                              IH  *J
                                                                 O -

                                                                 Hi O
                                                       til
                                                       i!  rr .^^
                                                              •2  I f
                                                               -  S «

                                                              §  °"
                                                                 §•2
                                                                 — o
                                                               o  o
                                                                   o
                                                          II
                                                          II
                                                          (d u
                                                          «fi

                                                          §^
                                                          «3

                                                             fill  ?§
                                                                S, Q)  O ^~*
                                                               *O 4.J  -W .„
                                                             O< C


                                                            --2
                                                            O "
                                                              --2 8   0
                                                               "
                                                              i *
                                                              S fc
                                                              en +•> ,
                                                           2-S o
                                                           
                                                          1?
                                                           °."S I
                                                                   |6 a.


                                                                   ,W M W

                                                                   O * &
                                                                  t)   *H



                                                                  g.|lj



                                                                  8 I "S


                                                                  S n tf .g

-------
             BACKGROUND AND PERSPECTIVES ON RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                 TABLE 2
          POST-CONSUMER NET SOLID WASTE DISPOSED OF, BY MATERIAL AND PRODUCT CATEGORIES,
                                               1971 and 1973*t
                                   (As-generated wet weight, in millions of tons)

Materials and products
Material composition:
Paper
Glass
Metal
Ferrous
Aluminum
Other
Plastics
Rubber and leather
Textiles
Wood
Total nonfood product waste
Food waste
Total product waste
Yard waste
Miscellaneous inorganics
Total
Product composition:
Newspapers, books, magazines
Containers and packaging
Major household appliances
Furniture and furnishings
Clothing and footwear
Other products
Total nonfood product waste
Food waste
Total product waste
Add: Yard and misc. inorganics
Total

1971

39.1
12.0
11.8
(10.6)
( 0.8)
( 0.4)
4.2
3.3
1.8
4.6
76.9
22.0
98.9
24.1
1.8
124.8

10.3
41.7
2.1
3.2
1.2
18.4
76.9
22.0
98.9
25.9
124.8

1973

44.2
13.2
12.5
(11.0)
( 1.0)
( 0.4)
5.0
3.6
1.9
4.9
85.4
22.4
107.8
25.0
1.9
134.8

11.3
46.9
2.1
3.4
1.3
20.5
85.4
22.4
107.8
26.9
134.8
Growth,
1971-73

5.1
1.2
0.7
0.4
0.2
0.0
0.8
0.3
0.1
0.3
8.5
0.4
8.9
0.9
0.1
10.0

1.0
5.2
0.0
0.2
0.1
2.1
8.5
0.4
8.9
1.0
10.0
Percent
change

13.0
10.0
5.9
3.8
25.0
6.0
19.0
9.0
5.5
6.5
11.1
1.8
9.0
3.7
5.6
8.0

9.7
12.5
0.0
6.3
8.3
11.4
11.1
1.8
9.0
3.9
8.0
1974.
*Smith, F. A., and F. L. Smith, Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Resource Recovery Division. Data revised Dec.

tNet solid waste disposal defined as net residual material after accounting for recycled materials diverted from waste stream.
Kinds of materials:

  •  Total nonfood product  wastes accounted for
     mott of the  growth-8.5 million tons,  or a
     11.1-percent increase.
  •  Paper and  paperboard wastes were up by 5.1
     million tons (13 percent).
  •  Glass up 1.2 million tons (10 percent).
  •  Metals up 0.7 million tons (5.9 percent).
  •  Plastics up  0.8 million tons (19 percent).
  •  No major waste material decreased in tonnage.
                                                   Product categories:

                                                     •  Containers and packaging  wastes increased by
                                                        5.2 million tons (12.5 percent) and  in  1973
                                                        constituted 55 percent of  all nonfood product
                                                        waste and 35 percent of  total post-consumer
                                                        waste.  (In 1971 the corresponding percentages
                                                        were 54 percent and 34 percent, respectively.)
                                                     •  Waste newspapers, books,  and magazines were
                                                        up by 1.0 million tons (9.7 percent).
                                                     In  interpreting these growth rates, it should be
                                                   noted that 1971 was not a very  strong year for many

-------
8
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
products, whereas 1973 was generally a boom year by
comparison. Therefore, the growth rates presented in
Table 2 should not be used as trends on which to base
future projections, either short-term or long-term.
   Readers are also cautioned that data in this section
relate to nationwide totals, they may prove to be very
inaccurate indicators of conditions  in any given State
or local area.
   A  much more  detailed accounting  of product
categories has  been prepared for this report (Table 3).
This yields a considerably clearer picture of how the
waste flows originate, which  should be particularly
useful  in analyses  of waste  reduction  and  source
separation at  the national level.  In addition, Table 3
estimates the  relationships between "gross discards"
(total waste generation before recycling or disposal),
"material recycled"  from post-consumer gross dis-
cards,  and  "net waste disposed of"  (final residual
waste  remaining after material  recovery).  Table  4
provides similar estimates by material, rather than
product, categories.
   It should be  recognized that  the quantities shown
here as recycled include only post-consumer residen-
tial  and commercial  wastes recovered  from the
product sources listed in Table  3.  They do not
include material recycled from "pre-ccnsumer" indus-
trial processing, fabricating, or converting operations
or from certain post-consumer sources such as dem-
olition  or junk  auto  shredding. Thus, the recycling
quantities and percentages shown  in Tables 3 and 4
will differ from other reported sources and estimates.
This is  the first time that comprehensive estimates of
post-consumer recycling have been developed for all
major materials.
   Two major conclusions regarding recycling in 1973
can  be drawn from Tables 3 and 4. The first is that
very  little  of the  post-consumer  wastes  (excluding
automobiles)  is currently recycled.  Overall,  only
about  7 percent of  total waste  or  10 percent of
nonfood product waste was diverted from disposal to
recycling in 1973. The second conclusion is that most
of the  recycling (93 percent  of total tonnage)  is
accounted  for  by  paper products-principally old
newspapers, office  papers, and paperboard packaging.
Of the  total amount of paper discarded, 16.5 percent
was recycled  in 1973. For no other material does the
recycled percentage  amount  to  as  much  as  10
percent.
                                       Future Trend Projections
                             EPA's most recent projections of waste generation
                          rates  to  1990 are presented in Table 5. Unlike the
                          simple extrapolations  in last year's Report to  Con-
                          gress, the  new  projections  are based mainly  on a
                          detailed product-by-product analysis.' In addition, as
                          with the 1973  estimates, an attempt has been made
                          to  project  the quantities of  waste  that  will  be
                          recycled or otherwise recovered as resources.
                              The projections are "baseline" figures in the sense
                           that  they are  based  on an assumption of no new
                           intervention by the Federal Government into the solid
                           waste management  field via incentives for resource
                           recovery  or waste reduction or new regulations on
                           disposal  of municipal  solid waste. The future projec-
                           tions do assume a continuation of average historical
                           growth rates for national  income and gross national
                           product,  although  not  necessarily   for  individual
                           product  categories. Basically,  the  projections  for
                           future years are based on the same type of material
                           flow  analysis and historical data sources  used to
                           develop EPA's 1971  and 1973 estimates.
                              Projection of  future solid waste generation  has
                           never been subject to greater uncertainties than  under
                           present conditions of rising material and energy  prices
                           and changing international bargaining relationships. It
                           is  still too early  to judge the extent to which  the
                           materials  pricing structure  has  been  permanently
                           altered by the  recent  massive increases in fuel prices,
                           or whether this should significantly  affect  either the
                           total picture presented in Table 5 or the underlying
                           data components.
                             The current projection  is that total gross discards
                           will increase quite significantly, up  to 225 million
                           tons  by  1990. Resource recovery-including  both
                           recycling and energy  conversion-is  projected  as in-
                           creasing  quite  dramatically,  but  it  must  be noted
                          •that  these  figures (especially those  for  1985 and
                           1990) represent the least certain numbers in the table
                           since they are based  in part  on projections of  the
                           number of future large-scale waste-processing installa-
                           tions. Thus, these numbers should be taken with great
                           caution, as should the net  waste figures derived from
                           them. As a percent of gross  discards, the baseline
                           recovery  rate is projected  to  grow from  about 7
                           percent in 1973 to 17  percent in 1985 and 26 percent
                           in 1990.

-------
       BACKGROUND AND PERSPECTIVES ON RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                          TABLE 3
           POST-CONSUMER RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL SOLID WASTE GENERATED
               AND AMOUNTS RECYCLED, BY DETAILED PRODUCT CATEGORY, 1973*
                            (As-generated wet weight, in thousands of tons)

Product category

Durable goods:
Major appliances
Furniture, furnishings
Rubber tires
Miscellaneous durables
Nondurable goods, exc. food:
Newspapers
Books, magazines
Office paper
Tissue paper, incl. towels
Paper plates, cups
Other nonpackaging paper
Clothing, footwear
Other misc. nondurables
Containers and packaging:
Glass containers:
Beer, soft drink
Wine, liquor
Food and other
Steel cans:
Beer, soft drink
Food
Other nonfood
Aluminum:
Beer, soft drink :j:
Other cans
Aluminum foil
Paper, paperboard:
Corrugated
Other paperboard
Paper packaging
Plastics:
Plastic containers
Other plastic packaging
Wood packaging
Other misc. packaging
Total nonfood product waste
Add: Food waste
Yard waste
Misc. inorganic wastes
Total

oTOSS
discards

14,700
2,200
3,400
2,000
7,100
27,930
10,400
3,720
6,390
2,320
600
1,300
1,300
1,900
52,270
12,400
6,100
1,970
4,330
5,650
1,550
3,140
960
820
440
50
330
28,230
15,100
6,925
6,205
3,090
510
2,580
1,900
180
94,900
22,400
25,000
1,900
144,200
Material recycled

Quantity
300
100
0
200
0
3,770
2,450
330
990
0
0
0
0
0
5,330
275
190
25
60
60
15
35
10
35
30
1
4
4,960
3,290
1,045
625
0
0
0
0
0
9,400
0
0
0
9,400

Percent
2
4
0
10
0
13
24
9
15
0
0
0
0
0
10
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
7
2
1
18
22
15
10
0
0
0
0
0
10
0
0
0
7
Net waste disposed of

Quantity
14,400
2,100
3,400
1,800
7,100
24,160
7,950
3,390
5,400
2,320
600
1,300
1,300
1,900
46,940
12,125
5,910
1,945
4,270
5,590
1,535
3,105
950
785
410
45
330
23,270
11,810
5,880
5,580
3,090
510
2,580
1,900
180
85,500
22,400
25,000
1,900
134,800
% of total
waste
11
2
3
1
5
18
6
3
4
2
t
1
1
1
35
9
4
1
3
4
1
2
1
1
t
t
t
17
9
4
4
2
t
2
1
t
63
17
19
1
100
% of nonfood
product waste
17
2
4
2
8
28
9
4
6
3
1
2
2
2
55
14
7
2
5
7
2
4
1
1
t
t
t
27
14
7
7
4
1
3
2
t
100
26
29
2
158
*Smith, F.A., Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Resource Recovery Division. Nov. 1974.
tLess than 0.5%.
t Includes all-aluminum cans and aluminum ends from nonaluminum containers.

-------
10
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                 TABLE 4
                 POST-CONSUMER RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL SOLID WASTE GENERATED
                           AND AMOUNTS RECYCLED, BY TYPE OF MATERIAL, 1973*
                                    (As-generated wet weight, in millions of tons)
Material
category

Paper
Glass
Metals
Ferrous
Aluminum
Other nonferrous
Plastics
Rubber
Leather
Textiles
Wood
Gross
discards

53.0
13.5
12.7
11.2
1.0
0.4
5.0
2.8
1.0
1.9
4.9
Material recycled t

Quantity
8.7
0.3
0.20
0.2
0.04
0.0
0.0
0.2
0.0
0.0
0.0

Percent
16.5
2.1
1.6
1.4
4.0
0.0
0.0
7.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
Net waste disposed of

Quantity
44.2
13.2
12.5
11.0
1.0
0.4
5.0
2.6
1.0
1.9
4.9
% of total
waste
32.8
9.9
9.3
8.2
0.7
0.3
3.7
1.9
0.7
1.4
3.6
% of nonfood
product waste
51.8
15.5
14.6
12.9
1.2
0.5
5.9
3.0
1.2
2.2
5.7
      Total nonfood product waste
                                      94.2
                  9.4
9.9
85.4
63.4
                                                                     100.0
Food waste
Yard waste
Misc. inorganic wastes
Total
22.4
25.0
1.9
144.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
9.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
6.5
22.4
25.0
1.9
134.8
16.6
18.5
1.4
100.0
26.2
29.3
2.2
157.8
      *Estimates by the Resource Recovery Division, Office of Solid Waste Management Programs.
      t Resource recovery in 1973 included only material recycling. Energy recovery accounted for negligible amounts.
                                                 TABLE 5
           BASELINE ESTIMATES AND PROJECTIONS OF POST-CONSUMER SOLID WASTE GENERATION,
                             RESOURCE RECOVERY, AND DISPOSAL, 1971 TO 1990*
Estimated

Total gross discards:
Million tons per year
Pounds per person per day
Less: resources recovered:
Million tons per year
Pounds per person per day
Equals net waste disposed of:
Million tons per year
Pounds per person per day
1971

133
3.52

8
0.21

125
3.31
1973

144
3.75

9
0.23

135
3.52
1980

175
4.28

19
0.46

156
3.81
Projected
1985

201
4.67

35
0.81

166
3.86

1990

225
5.00

58
1.29

167
3.71
     *Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Resource Recovery Division. Data revised Dec. 1974. Projections for 1980 to
1990 based in part on contract work by Midwest Research Institute.

-------
            BACKGROUND AND PERSPECTIVES ON RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                                                                        11
   The amount of net waste is shown as growing at a
decreasing rate to 1985, and then essentially leveling
off as the increase in recovery equals the increment of
gross discards.
   Even at this point, however, the nation still would
be  faced with  disposing  of  an  annual  aggregate
post-consumer waste load about 30 million tons (23
percent)  greater than at present.  This increase  is
projected to  occur  even  with  resource  recovery
tonnage quadrupling by 1985 and increasing by more
than sixfold by 1990.
    THE BENEFITS OF RESOURCE RECOVERY
             AND WASTE REDUCTION
   An   increase  in  resource  recovery  and  waste
reduction would have a positive impact on a number
of recognized national problems. Among these are
problems  relating to community solid waste manage-
ment, the conservation of scarce material and energy
resources, international trade  and  balance of pay-
ments, and  environmental protection. For  the most
part, however, potential benefit relationships are still
very poorly understood, both  in conceptual  and
quantitative terms. The purpose of  this  section is to
summarize some of  the more important facts  and
issues regarding the potential significance of resource
recovery  and  waste  reduction  to  these  areas  of
national concern.
       Community Soh'd Waste Management
   Solid  waste management problems at the local
level can  be  grouped  into  three  interrelated cate-
gories: (1) increasing costs of collection and disposal;
(2) increasing  political  and social difficulties  in
locating new land  disposal sites; and (3) increasing
requirements  for controlling  pollution  from local
incinerators   and landfill sites.  These problems are
shared by virtually all  of our cities to some degree.
They will continue to become more severe over time
so long as waste generation continues at its present
high and rising level.
   CoIJection and Disposal Costs.   It currently costs
$21 to collect a ton of solid waste and $5 per ton to
process and landfill  it. These are  national average
figures for 1974 reflecting current practices in which
a majority of communities do not  provide environ-
mentally  adequate disposal  facilities.*  From  a na-
tional  perspective,  these average local  cost  figures
imply a total direct cost of about  $3.5 billion to
collect and dispose of the nation's 135 million tons of
post-consumer solid waste in 1973.
   It is expected that a majority of communities will
experience  increasing costs over the next  5  to 10
years. These  will be increases in "real"  costs—i.e.,
increases  over  and  above  those expected due to
general effects of inflation on wage rates and prices of
equipment  and materials. These increases will have
two  main causes:  pollution controls and increased
scarcity of available landfill sites.

   Increased  requirements  for  pollution  control,
imposed by State and regional environmental protec-
tion  agencies in conjunction with Federal guidelines,
will impact directly on  both incinerator costs and
sanitary landfill costs. Increasing scarcity of available
landfill sites, brought on by  suburban growth, will
also mean increased costs, not only for land itself but
also for transporting waste  over longer haul distances
to outlying sites and for additional processing, such as
shredding or  baling,  that may be required to extend
the capacity of landfills.

   It is not possible to predict accurately what  the
combined impacts of these various factors will be on
average national costs over the  next  decade or so.
However,  it is  not  unreasonable to  expect that the
 average community  will  face  a 20- to 30-percent in-
 crease  in its  direct  real costs  of solid  waste disposal
by  1985,  even  without adding on  the  effects of
general inflation. This implies  a national average cost
by 1985 of $8 to $12 per ton for disposal (including
transfer stations and processing) and perhaps $30 to
$35  per ton  for collection and disposal combined.
The  effects of general inflation on wage rates and
other cost factors  would, of  course,  push  these
estimates to  higher  levels.  Adding on an average 4
percent per year inflation  rate,  for example,  would
imply a 1985 collection and disposal cost for the
average city of $50 per ton.
   LandfiJJ Siting.   As many community leaders will
attest,  obtaining  new land  disposal  sites  involves
social and political problems that go far  beyond the
   *Depending on local circumstances and level of services
'provided,  reported collection  costs  vary  between  $10
 and $30 per ton  among different localities. Actual disposal
 costs may range from under $1 per ton for uncontrolled land
 dumping up to as high as $15 to $20 per ton for incineration
 (with  air pollution controls) and landfilling of the residue.
 These are direct costs only and do not include any imputed
 economic value for the "external" environmentally related
 social costs of waste disposal.

-------
12
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
question of land cost alone. Increasingly, local zoning
ordinances  and  neighborhood  political  pressure
groups are becoming effective instruments for pre-
venting any  new landfill site development within
certain political jurisdictions. The  opposition stems
mainly from concern about the effects on the status,
esthetic qualities, traffic patterns, etc., of the areas
surrounding proposed sites, and the consequent effect
on property values. In  a very real sense, the extent of
local  opposition to new landfill  sites is  a proxy
measure of the implicit costs that people  who live in
the vicinity  of such  sites  typically experience.  In
short, it  is a reflection of expected "external costs"
of future land disposal-costs that are never reflected
in community budget figures, but which are nonethe-
less real. A community's inability to establish new
landfill  sites can  result in continued  operation  of
obsolete or inadequate incinerators or overburdening
of  current  landfill  facilities.  It can  also  lead  to
inordinately high dumping  fees  at  private  landfills.
Such  problems are  becoming a  primary motivating
force  at the  local level  for resource recovery and
waste reduction programs that can reduce the amount
of waste going to landfills.
  Pollution Control Requirements.  Environmental
protection objectives  require  the  control  of solid
waste incineration and landfill operations for public
health, ecological, and esthetic reasons.
   As  of  mid-1972, nearly  200 municipal-scale in-
cinerators operated in  the United States, processing
waste at a rate of about 17 million tons per year.5
Incinerators produce a variety  of atmospheric emis-
sions,  and many are   also a  significant source  of
untreated wastewater  effluent. Historically, inciner-
ators  have had a very poor  air pollutant control
record.  Most  are  in the Northeast quarter of  the
nation,  with  over  one-half being  in the  densely
populated eastern seaboard States. Thus, their princi-
pal  contributions to pollution are in areas where the
damages are likely to be the greatest.
   Most of the solid waste  tonnage goes directly to
open  dumps and landfills. Although open dumps have
long been considered unacceptable from both esthetic
and public  health  standpoints,  the greater part  of
municipal waste is probably still disposed of in this
manner.  As recently as the summer of 1972, it was
determined  that more  than 14,000  disposal  sites
                         classified as dumps still operated in the United States.
                         And  although sanitary  landfills  have  usually  been
                         considered environmentally acceptable, very few have
                         been designed to control leachate. There is increasing
                         evidence   that  potential  underground   leachate
                         problems are more serious than  previously thought,
                         with  adverse implications  for  the quality  of  both
                         ground and surface waters.6
                            There  are real questions  regarding how  rapidly
                         local agencies can progress toward environmentally
                         acceptable incinerators and landfills in the  face of
                         rising waste loads and rising costs of implementing
                         the desired controls. To the extent that such progress
                         is made, it will be reflected in steeply higher costs of
                         waste disposal. To the extent that control implemen-
                         tation  lags,  environmental quality will  deteriorate
                         further due  to the increasing per capita  solid waste
                         generation rates.
                                  Conservation of Natural Resources
                            By a variety of measures, we are  becoming an
                         increasingly  "material-intensive"  society.  Not  only
                         have  we  increased our per capita consumption of
                         goods and  services,  in many  cases we  have  also
                         increased our rate of material use per unit of product
                         consumed.  This is reflected both in the  waste flow
                         estimates and in basic production and consumption
                         statistics. For example, U.S. consumption of  most
                         classes of raw materials has been growing by 20 to
                         40 percent per decade in the 20th century, and there
                         is some evidence of  an  increasing rate of  growth
                         during the most recent decades.*1 p'I0 EPA's projec-
                         tions indicate 10- to 60-percent increases in consump-
                         tion of various raw materials and fuels by 1985 over
                         1972  levels. Typical  projections  by independent
                         resource economists forecast at least a doubling in
                         U.S. consumption of most raw materials by the year
                         2000.7- 8
                            Along with increasing  material consumption has
                         come an apparently increasing dependency on foreign
                         mineral resources during the post-World War II era.9
                         This  undoubtedly has been largely a function of the
                         economics of supply rather than our own "running
                         out of resources" in any absolute sense. An important
                          factor here  was the overvaluation of  the dollar  in
                         international trade  during most of the past  three
                         decades. However, it  also reflects  the fact that for
                         some raw  materials (such as  tin and  nickel) the

-------
             BACKGROUND AND PERSPECTIVES ON RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                                                                        13
United States does not possess known commercial-
scale deposits, and that for some others (such as iron
ore) most  of our higher  grade  and more accessible
deposits have already been largely depleted.
   In the context of international trade, a new system
of  floating exchange  rates together with  new  in-
stances  of nationalization and  cartelization of the
world's  natural resources  has to a significant degree
created  new  ground rules regarding access to foreign
raw material and energy sources. At the same time,
the structure of competition for foreign resources has
drastically  changed with the rapid economic growth
of  the  U.S.S.R., Japan,  and  a number  of  other
nations.
   The general conclusion is that the world's natural
resource base,  including that of the United States,
will be subject to increasingly extreme pressures over
time, and that the international system of distributing
these resources  will  be less  favorable  to  U.S.
consumption than in the past. This implies an altered
future price  structure, with the United States facing
generally higher world market prices for many if not
most of its imported raw materials and fuels. Under
such circumstances,  the natural response will be to
turn increasingly inward to domestic sources, where
possible, in order to reduce adverse effects on specific
product  prices and  foreign  trade balances, and to
preserve national political autonomy. Our policy of
domestic   energy development-Project  Independ-
ence-is a case in point.
   From a domestic economic  standpoint,  the key
issues relate  to possibilities  of future shortages of
important  industrial raw materials  and fuels with
attendant decreases in material welfare. These short-
ages could  occur  from  a technological inability of the
United States and other  countries to  develop new
low-cost raw material supplies in  pace with  rising
world demands.  They could also result from  trade
restrictions associated with international power strug-
gles, or  simply  from  attempts of  key supplying
nations to maximize their returns from trade.
   The  extent and  timing  of future shortages  is
subject to much conjecture and debate.10"12  Because
there is no adequate  way at present to assess the
relative  quantitative importance of these perceived
problems, there is no satisfactory basis for quantify-
ing the  present social value of resource conservation
in monetary or other terms. Nevertheless, few would
deny that conservation values are important even
though we may not be able at this time to quantify
them.
   Last  year's  Report  to  Congress  indicated  the
approximate  contributions that a maximum feasible
nationwide  resource  recovery  effort  might  make
toward meeting current demands for materials.2'11''4
Those EPA estimates suggested that 6 to 11 percent
of current annual U.S. production of various major
metals  and  up  to  20 percent  of current paper
production could technically be supplied by recycling
materials  from the post-consumer solid waste stream
(as defined in Table 1). Additional resource conserva-
tion and foreign  trade benefits  would  stem from
waste reduction measures.
   More recent work has focused on quantifying the
potential  national energy savings  associated with
material recycling, conversion of organic waste into
fuels, and waste reduction approaches.13 The calcula-
tions indicate that energy savings well in excess of
1,000  billion  Btu (between  1.5  and 2.0 percent of
total U.S. energy requirements) could  have been
achieved  in   1972  through   waste  reduction  and
resource recovery  measures using  currently available
technology.  This  suggests  the  relative  order  of
magnitude of future national potentials  for energy
conservation  through improved solid waste manage-
ment.
   Although  such  magnitudes  could  not be con-
sidered, by themselves, to be ultimate solutions to
our  resource  supply problems, they would neverthe-
less  represent substantial contributions in both raw
material and energy terms.
             Environmental Protection
   The  preservation  and improvement of environ-
mental quality represents a third set of problems for
which  resource  recovery and waste reduction  can
contribute some measure of solution. Degradation of
the  environment  involves physical,  chemical,  and
biological damages from such  causes as: the physical
destruction of land surfaces by mining and construc-
tion, soil erosion from improper forestry and agricul-
tural practices, the contamination of air and water by
industrial effluents, the eutrophication of lakes and
ponds,  toxic  chemicals introduced  into  biological
food chains,  and accumulations  of industrial and

-------
14
                               RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
municipal  solid  wastes as litter  or at dump  sites.
Environmental degradation adversely affects virtually
all  of  the  measures  of  human   welfare—health,
economic, and esthetic.
   Resource  recovery  and  waste  reduction  most
obviously can affect the direct environmental impacts
of waste collection and disposal, as  discussed earlier.
However, the environmental implications of  these
nondisposal approaches extend  far beyond the local
incinerator  and dump site, since they are inextricably
linked to the industrial structure of the economy.
Thus,  for  example,  whenever  a  waste reduction
measure reduces the quantity of a material consumed,
the quantities of all direct and indirect raw material
and energy  inputs-and  their  associated  environ-
mental impacts-are correspondingly reduced to some
extent. These direct and  indirect industrial impacts
include  not  only the  raw materials physically in-
cluded  in  the  final  product  (such  as the  iron,
aluminum,  tin, and lead in a tinplated can) but also
the ancillary process chemicals and the fuels required
for heat, power,  electricity,  and transportation. The
reduced  demands extend  back through the material
refining  stages to  crude material  preparation and
extraction  from  the  earth.  They   could  in  some
instances also extend indirectly through the industrial
structure to capital equipment requirements and the
industries that supply them.
   Resource recovery has  similar implications, except
that some  offsetting adverse environmental effects
can be expected, both  in mixed-waste recovery and
subsequent  industrial  processing of the recovered
material (such as  secondary  smelting).  Thus far,
research  results  indicate that  the  environmental
effects of recycling  are almost always significantly
less-usually  only a small fraction-compared with
those  resulting from virgin production.14"18 With rare
exceptions,  this holds for  all  air and water pollutants
(both  process and energy-related)  as well  as solid
waste generation and degradation of land surfaces.
   At  this  time  it is not possible  to predict how
environmental benefits  of particular actions, in the
form of reduced  environmental impacts from indus-
try,  will be distributed across geographic areas and
industry groups. Small increments of waste reduction
or recovery may have  no observable impact at all,
since  many effects  of industrial processes may be
insensitive to small changes in material throughput.
One of the  real difficulties  in  evaluating  the total
environmental significance of waste  reduction and
resource recovery efforts is the diffusion of individual
effects  across many  different  industries  and  geo-
graphic regions. As with material and energy conser-
vation benefits, these environmental benefits are not
likely  to  appear  either  obvious or  of much real
significance  to  those at  the local  decision-making
level. In fact, the national industrial pollution control
benefits  from  any  one   State  or  local   resource
recovery or waste reduction project are likely to be so
small as  to  be virtually undetectable. Nevertheless,
the total  benefits from a multitude of individual local
actions can add up to results of national significance.
                   REFERENCES

 1. Franklin,  W. E., et al. [Midwest Research Institute].
               Base  line  forecasts  of  resource recovery,
               1972 to  1990. Washington, U.S. Environ-
               mental Protection Agency,  Office of Solid
               Waste Management Programs, Resource Re-
               covery Division, Mar. 1975. 376 p. (Unpub-
               lished report.)
 2. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid
               Waste Management Programs. Resource re-
               covery and source reduction; second report
               to Congress. Environmental Protection Pub-
               lication SW-122. Washington, U.S. Govern-
               ment Printing Office, 1974. 112 p.
 3. Smith,  F. L., Jr. A solid waste estimation procedure;
               material  flows  approach.   Environmental
               Protection  Publication SW-147.  [Washing-
               ton] ,  U.S.   Environmental   Protection
               Agency, May 1975. 56 p.
 4. Smith,  F. A. Comparative estimates of post-consumer
               solid waste. Environmental Protection Publi-
               cation SW-148. [Washington], U.S. Environ-
               mental Protection  Agency, May 1975. 18 p.
 5. Achinger, W. C., and  R. L.  Baker.  Environmental
               assessment  of municipal-scale incinerators.
               Environmental   Protection   Publication
               SW-111.  [Cincinnati], U.S.  Environmental
               Protection  Agency,  1973. 31 p. [Open-file
               report, restricted distribution.]
 6. Garland, G. A.,  and D. C.  Mosher. Leachate effects of
               improper land disposal. Waste Age, 6(3): 42,
               44-48, Mar. 1975.
 7. Ridker, R. G. The economy, resource requirements, and
               pollution  levels.  In U.S. Commission on
               Population  Growth and the American Fu-
               ture. Population, resources, and the environ-
               ment. Washington, U.S.  Government Print-
               ing  Office,  1972.  p. 35-37.  (Commission
               Research Reports Vol. 3.)
 8. National Commission  on Materials  Policy. Towards  a
               national  materials policy;  basic data  and
               issues—an interim  report. Washington,  U.S.

-------
              BACKGROUND AND PERSPECTIVES ON RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                    15
               Government Printing  Office,  Apr.  1972.
               63 p.
 9.  U.S.  Department of the Interior.  Mining and minerals
               policy,  1973; second annual report of the
               Secretary of the Interior under the Mining
               and Minerals Policy  Act  of  1970  (P.L.
               91-631).  Washington,  U.S.  Government
               Printing Office, June 1973. 73 p.
10.  Meadows, D. H., et al. The limits to growth. New York,
               Potomac Associates, 1972. 207 p.
11.  Fischman,  L. L., and H. H.  Landsberg.  Adequacy of
               nonfuel minerals  and forest resources. In
               U.S. Commission on Population Growth and
               the American Future. Population, resources,
               and  the environment.  Washington,  U.S.
               Government   Printing   Office,   1972.
               p. 77-101.  (Commission Research Reports
               Vol. 3.)
12.  Goeller, H. E.  An optimistic  outlook  for  mineral
               resources. Presented at University of Minne-
               sota Forum on  Scarcity and Growth; To-
               wards a National Materials Policy,  [Minne-
               apolis], June 22-24, 1972. Oak Ridge, Oak
               Ridge  National  Laboratory-National  Sci-
               ence Foundation Environmental Program.
               23 p., app.

13.  Lowe,  R.  A.,  M.  Loube,  and F. A.  Smith.  Energy
               conservation through improved solid waste
               management.   Environmental   Protection
               Publication   SW-125.  [Washington],  U.S.
               Environmental  Protection  Agency,  1974.
               39 p., app.
14. Yaksich,  S. M., et al. [Calspan Corporation]. Environ-
               mental impacts of virgin and recycled steel
               and aluminum. Washington, U.S. Environ-
               mental Protection Agency,  Office of Solid
               Waste  Management  Programs,  Feb.  1974.
               116 p. (Unpublished report.)
15. Gordian  Associates,  Inc.  Environmental  impacts   of
               production of virgin and secondary paper,
               glass and rubber products. Washington, U.S.
               Environmental  Protection  Agency,  1975.
               (In preparation.)
16. Hunt, R. G., and W. E. Franklin. Environmental effects
               of recycling paper. MRI 1106. Presented at
               73d  National  Meeting  of the  American
               Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers,  Minne-
               apolis, Aug. 27-30,  1972. Kansas City,
               Midwest  Research Institute, [July  1973J.
               34 p.
17. Haller, G. L. [Monsanto Company]. Resource  utilization
               and  environmental  impact of  alternative
               beverage  containers.  Presented at  Sympo-
               sium:  Environmental Impact of Nitrile Bar-
               rier Containers, Hartford,  Conn., July  19,
               1973.2v.
18. Hunt, R. G.,  et  al.  [Midwest  Research  Institute].
               Resource and environmental profile analysis
               of nine beverage container alternatives; final
               report,  v. 1-2.  Environmental  Protection
               Publication SW-91c.  Washington,  U.S. Envi-
               ronmental Protection Agency, 1974. 178 p.

-------
                                          Chapter 2
                                   WASTE REDUCTION
   Waste reduction (or "source reduction") includes a
variety  of  means  to  control  and  prevent  waste
generation  through product redesign and change in
consumer behavior. It is  a  unique approach to solid
waste management based  on the thesis that solid
wastes are the unwanted  residuals of our production
and  consumption  processes-as  are  airborne  and
waterborne wastes-and that the generation of such
residuals should be reduced. As presently understood,
some of the  major choices  in production  and
consumption that are relevant to solid waste genera-
tion are:
   1. Single-use versus multiple-use design
   2. Shorter versus longer  product lifetime (durabil-
     ity)
   3. Larger versus smaller products
   4. More versus less packaging material per unit of
     product
   5. More versus fewer units of  product consumed
     per family per year
   In the past decade, there has been considerable
progress  in the  development  of systems for the
storage,   collection, transportation,  processing,  and
disposal of solid waste. More recently, several systems
for the recovery and utilization of material from solid
waste have also been  developed.  However,  little
attention has been focused (by either the private or
public sectors)  on a third  approach to solid waste
management—reducing the generation of waste.
   Nor has much consideration been given to moder-
ating the demand for materials and products in order
to reduce energy and materials consumption. While
the Federal Government  has long sought  to increase
the available supply of raw  materials, its efforts have
been directed generally toward the short-run exploita-
tion  of  natural resource  assets. The Mining Law of
1872, depletion allowances, and Federal subsidies for
resource exploration and technology are some of the
principal ways in which public policy has encouraged
the increase of raw materials supply.  Such efforts to
increase  supply, however,  also  have the effect  of
encouraging consumption  of  materials and spurring
the growth in consumption which can in  some ways
be related to current energy and materials shortages.
   While in past years proponents of waste reduction
have been limited generally to the "gloom and doom"
prophets of the environmental community, recently
the  concept  has  been  accorded wider  credence.
Energy  and material shortages have  created market
pressures for decreased consumption of raw materials.
Industry has responded by developing new product
designs that utilize resources more efficiently. At the
same time, new public policies have been announced
that urge decreased consumption of fossil fuels. The
nation's  cities have also become more and more
concerned  about  solid  waste  management practices
and generation rates,  particularly  as  the use  of
landfills becomes more costly and politically difficult.
A  recent  survey  of  cities   indicated that  waste
reduction was perceived to be one of the major solid
waste management issues that  needs to be addressed.
The questions that now arise, therefore,  go beyond
the  issue of  whether  waste  reduction is desirable.
They now center on  the extent to which feasible
'approaches for decreasing material consumption  and
waste generation can be developed and implemented.
   As  an  approach  to  material shortages,  waste
reduction  is  unique  in  that  it  results  in  the
preservation  of the quality of the physical environ-
ment whereas many other approaches involve  the
relaxation  of  environmental standards.  Similarly,
while most approaches to waste management have
dealt with the means of disposing of wastes without
                                                   16

-------
                                            WASTE REDUCTION
                                                17
considering the environmental pressures generated in
the  creation  of  wastes,  waste  reduction  would
decrease environmental effects from the time of the
extraction  of  raw  material  through to  the  final
disposal stage.
   The  Second  Report  to Congress  described  the
waste  reduction  concept  in  general  terms  and
provided  specific  information  on  the growth  of
packaging waste. This chapter is intended to describe
in more detail  the  technical  options that  can  be
utilized to achieve waste reduction and the types of
actions  that  can  be  undertaken by the  Federal
Government to encourage a reduction in the use of
energy and materials and in waste generation.
              TECHNICAL OPTIONS
   Three technical  options have  been identified as
means of achieving waste reduction:
   1.  Reduced  resource  use  per  product-the  de-
      signing of products so that minimum quantities
      of resources are used in their manufacture (e.g.,
      a thinner-walled container).
   2.  Increased product lifetime-the use of products
      over an extended period of time (e.g., use of a
      tire with a longer service life), and the designing
      of products for longer life.
   3.  Product  reuse—the multiple  use of products in
      their original forms (e.g., the use, washing, and
      refilling of a glass  bottle) and the designing of
      products for multiple uses.
The  following describes each of  these options and
presents data on the potential impact of  each option
on particular products selected as examples.
        Reduced Resource Use Per Product
   The  Concept.  This  approach will  result in  a
decrease in the amount of materials used in  the
manufacture of  a  product. It is  likely  to decrease
energy consumption  (due to reductions in the energy
required both to produce the raw material and to
fabricate the product) and solid  waste generation.
Reduced resource use is also a major means of cutting
industry costs and, as such, is often accomplished by
the working of normal market forces.
   A number of factors have, however, served to slow
improvements  of this type. These include  a  general
resistance  to change, producer investment in current
practices and technologies, and inadequate data and
information to assess the impacts of particular design
changes. Also, manufacturers generally do not take
potential reductions in pollution and solid waste into
account when designing a product, and these benefits
have not heretofore served as effective inducements
to change.
   Nevertheless, it must be noted that cost reductions
can accrue to both the producer and consumer from
this option. A reduction in resource use per product,
particularly during a time of rapidly increasing raw
material prices,  can be of substantial aid  in reducing
overall  production  costs.  If these savings are  then
passed on to the consumer by means of lower prices,
they  will also result in significant  anti-inflationary
benefits. To  the extent that materials are imported,
reducing resources consumed can also affect favorably
our  balance-of-payments  burden.  It  is  possible,
however,  that  in  some  cases decreased  natural
resource use  will be offset  by increases in labor costs
and that no actual dollar savings will occur.

   Applicability and Extent of Impact.    Insufficient
data exist at the present time to assess accurately all
the products that  could be redesigned  to conserve
resources.  Theoretically,  however,  every  manufac-
tured product could be considered from the perspec-
tive of minimizing material use.
   In  steel   can design, for  example,  it has  been
estimated  that by  replacing  the  currently  used
soldered three-piece steel can with a two-piece drawn
and ironed can, a steel savings of 25 to  30 percent
will occur.1'  p'7 If this design change, for which the
technology is now becoming available,  were applied
to all cans used to contain food, it would result in a
savings of approximately 1 million tons of steel and
tinplate per year at 1973 production levels.*
   Other design changes have also been identified. A
lightweight but  strong glass bottle has been designed
that would use  20 to 25 percent less raw material.2
Design changes in paper packaging are also possible.
One   sporting  equipment  company  has recently
reported a   savings  of  30 percent on  packaging
requirements;3'Pi 43  a glass bottle  shipper has esti-
     *EPA  estimate based on:  Kalina, J.  F.  Now it's
seamless  steel  cans  for  food.  Modern  Packaging,
47(10):7-8, 16, Sept. 1974.

-------
18
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
mated a  savings of 48 percent on  corrugated by
removing interior separators and changing the sizes of
the shipping carton.4 Additional paper savings could
be  obtained  by  using  thinner   gauge   paper in
newspapers and tape;  this is  now  being done on a
small scale.
   One major  design change that would significantly
reduce resource usage  would be the redesign of the
automobile to make it smaller and lighter. In  1973
over 9.5  million domestically  produced automobiles
were sold in the  United States.5  If each car were
only 300 pounds (8 percent) lighter on the  average, a
savings of about  1.5 million tons of material would
occur.  And  recent drops in sales of big cars (over
3,500 pounds) show how swiftly buyers will switch
to  smaller automobiles when  fuel  is  scarce  and
costly.6
   Numerous  other examples  could be  cited of
possible  design changes and  resultant savings in
materials.  Two  design  options  for which data on
resource  utilization and environmental effects have
been  developed in detail are  a new half-pint milk
container  and  the packaging  of products in larger
rather than smaller amounts.
   The  Half-Pint  Milk Container.  Milk is  now
purchased by  consumers in  four  major  container
sizes:  gallons,  half gallons, quarts, and half pints. In
1973, an estimated 7,056 million gallons of  milk were
consumed in the  United States.7  Of  that amount,
approximately  11  percent was packaged in half-pint
containers (Table  6).  The modern  paperboard milk
container, used for all  container sizes, came into the
market  in 1935.  While  improvements  have  been
made, such as the replacement of wax coatings with
plastic coatings, the standard half-pint container has
not been changed significantly in  shape  since its
introduction.
   Recently, however,  a new design has  been intro-
duced and is being marketed  in several parts of the
country.  This  design change reduces the size of the
base of the container from a square of 2% inches to
one of 2% inches.8 By thus changing the shape of the
container, the material consumed in packaging each
half pint  of milk is reduced substantially. The new
container with the smaller base has been estimated to
use  31  percent  less   paper  and  16 percent less
low-density  polyethylene than the  old container. If
                                             TABLE 6
                          USE OF DIFFERENT-SIZED CONTAINERS FOR MILK,
                            BY PERCENT OF VOLUME OF MILK SOLD, 1973*
                                   Size
  Percent
of milk volume
                         Gallon
                         Half gallon
                         Quart
                         Pint
                         Half pint
                         Bulk and other
                            Total gallons consumed
     35
     39
      8
      2
     11
      5

    Too

7,056 million
                               *Milk Industry Foundation. Unpublished data.

                          all half-pint  containers now  produced  were made
                          using this new design, an estimated annual savings of
                          59,000 tons of paper and 4,000 tons of polyethylene
                          would result (Table 7). These reductions in materials
                          can  be  translated  directly into reductions in solid
                          waste—a total decrease of some 63,000 tons annually.
                             In addition, reductions in energy use and pollution
                          would  result  from  the  need to  process less  raw
                          material  into final  products.  The extent  of the
                          pollution reduction depends, of course, on the level
                          of operating pollution controls. Based on anticipated
                          1976 control standards  for air  and  waterborne
                          pollutants,  air emissions would be reduced by about
                          1,600 tons and waterborne wastes would be reduced
                          by over 600 tons as a result of the paper savings alone
                          (Table  8). Energy  saved by not producing the paper
                          would amount to over 2.3 trillion Btu annually.* This
                          is equivalent to 1,100 barrels of oil per day.
                             While these values are small compared to national
                          pollution problems and resource  needs, it  is impor-
                          tant  to  point out also that the  design change will
                          likely result in dollar savings  to both producer and
                          consumer. Based on  current paperboard and polyeth-
                          ylene prices,  it has been estimated that a savings of
                          some  10   million   dollars  would  accrue  to  the
                          purchasers and fillers of the milk cartons,8  and this
                          could be reflected in lower prices for the consumer.
                               *EPA estimate based on unpublished data provided by
                          International Paper Company.

-------
                                             WASTE REDUCTION
                                                                                                         19
                                                 TABLE 7
                   MATERIALS USED IN STANDARD AND NEW HALF-PINT MILK CONTAINERS*


Standard half pint
New half pint
Material conserved

Paper
488
336
152(31%)
Pounds per 1 ,000 gallons
Polyethylene
62
52
10(16%)

Total
549
388
161 (29%)
Total
(1,000 tons)
213
150
(63)
      *International Paper Company. Unpublished data.
   Package Size.   For virtually all products studied,
the  use of a  larger package size  meant that less
packaging material was required per unit of weight or
volume of the product. The 7-ounce returnable glass
bottle requires about twice  as much glass per ounce
of soft drink as the 32-ounce size.9 Similarly, the
3-ounce toothpaste tube (including  the cap) requires
50  percent more  material  per  ounce of  toothpaste
than the  7-ounce  size.10  Also, the  "8Z tall" can
(approximately 8-ounce capacity) for processed vege-
tables,  which  contains about one-half the volume of
the "No. 303" can, requires 25 percent more steel per
ounce of product.*
   How the weight-to-volume ratio drops as container
size  increases  has been examined in  detail for the
cylindrical  high-density  polyethylene containers in
which liquid bleach and other household products are
sold (Table 9). The consumer may buy 128 ounces of
bleach by purchasing one 128-ounce container or ten
12-ounce containers and  one 8-ounce  container. In
the  former case,  120 grams of  polyethylene are
required; in the latter case, 303 grams are required, or
153 percent more plastic packaging material.11
   Of course, the savings in materials also represents a
reduction in air and water pollution and  solid waste
associated  with the manufacture,  distribution, and
disposal of these materials.  The extent of reduction
of  these   environmental  impacts  is  not strictly
proportional to the container material savings. Energy
requirements for some processes, such as container
filling and transportation, are dependent  on other
                     TABLE 8
ESTIMATES OF REDUCTIONS IN ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACTS  THAT WOULD OCCUR DUE TO REDUCED
PAPER CONSUMPTION IF ALL HALF-PINT MILK CON-
        TAINERS WERE OF THE NEW DESIGN*

Air emissions
(tons)
Water pollutants
(tons)
Industrial solid waste
(tons)
Energy usage
(million Btu)
Reduction per
1 ,000 tons of
folding boxboard
conserved
26.67

10.50

90.45

39,336

Total reduction
(59,000 tons of
paper conserved)
1,574

620

5,337

2,320,824

      *EPA estimate based on: Gordian Associates, Inc.
Environmental impacts  of Production of Virgin and Sec-
ondary Paper, Glass and Rubber Products. Washington, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1975. (In preparation.)
                    TABLE 9
    EFFECT OF SIZE INCREASES ON THE WEIGHT/
VOLUME RATIO OF A HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
                   CONTAINER*
     *EPA estimate based on data from: The Almanac of
the  Canning,  Freezing,  Preserving Industries. Westminster,
Md., Edward E. Judge & Sons, Inc., 1973. 586 p.
Volume of
product contained
(oz)
4
8
12
16
32
128t
Average weight
of container
(grams)
12
23
28
34
52
120
Weight/volume
ratio
3.00
2.88
2.33
2.12
1.62
0.94
     *Owens-Illinois Corporation. Unpublished data.
     tThis container includes a handle.

-------
 20
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
factors, such  as the number  of containers  or the
stacking  volume of  the containers.  However,  the
major  environmental  impacts of container manufac-
ture occur during the acquisition and processing of
the raw materials. For these  activities, the reductions
in environmental impacts are  virtually proportional to
material savings.
   The savings in materials that result when 32-ounce
returnable glass  soft-drink bottles are used instead of
the  7-ounce  size  amounts to 51.6  percent  of
packaging material per ounce  of beverage. The re-
ductions in  other inputs and outputs have also been
calculated (Table 10).
   Mainly because  of the material  costs saved by
switching to larger sizes, a trend toward larger sizes
has developed  during the  past  few years for many
products, such  as bottled  soft drinks. A leading
market research organization has found  a significant
shift to larger  sizes for a representative sample of
household,  food,  and toiletry  items. The trend is
evident in  the industrial sector  as  well, where, for
example, the 66 2/3-pound shipping bag is beginning
to  replace  the  conventional   50-pound  bag. The
advantage of reducing packaging is exemplified in the
wholesale costs of electrolytic metal cans for proc-
essed  vegetables.  For packaging  the  same total
volume, "No. 3 cyl." cans (80.5 cubic inches) are half
as expensive as  "8Z tall" cans (13.48 cubic inches).
The cost of the package is a significant  share of the
total  cost  for numerous products, so  the package
savings in larger sizes often is  reflected in a lower
per-ounce purchase price for the product. The trend
to  larger  sizes  has  also  been  spurred by  the
convenience to  consumers of making fewer trips to
market and  by new product designs such as resealable
closures and lighter weight containers.
   There are, however, many limitations to convert-
ing to larger sizes.  Some products have limited shelf
life. Others may spoil quickly once the package seal is
broken. Many consumers have limited storage space,
particularly for foods which must be refrigerated. The
consumer may also value the convenience of handling
a smaller container.
               Design for Longer Life
   The Concept.  Product lifetime is the length of
time household consumer goods remain in use from
purchase  to final  discard.  The useful  lifetime of
                                              TABLE 10
                          REDUCTION IN ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS RESULT-
                          ING FROM USE OF 32-OUNCE INSTEAD OF 7-OUNCE
                                        SOFT DRINK BOTTLES*
                                    Category
  Reduction per ounce
 of beverage contained
                          Thermal energy requirement (Btu)
                          Electrical energy
                          Transport energy
                          Process water pollutants (Ib)
                          Process air emissions
                          Power generation air emissions
                          Transport air emissions
                          Process solid wastes
                          Paper packaging
                             (e.g., corrugated)
        51.0
        50.5
        40.3
        51.6
        51.5
        50.5
        38.7
        51.5
(No significant reduction
     in this case)
                               *EPA  estimate  based  on data supplied by  Glass
                          Container Manufacturers Institute.
                          products clearly impacts upon the waste stream. As
                          product life increases, solid waste generation per unit
                          of time for the product decreases. And, along with its
                          recyclability  and its recoverability from  the  waste
                          stream, the useful lifetime of a product will influence
                          where and when that product will end up as waste.
                             It  should  be noted that  product  lifetime is a
                          relatively complex attribute of goods.  It depends not
                          only on the durability aspects of the original design,
                          but also on such sociological and economic factors as
                          obsolescence,  styles and  fashions,  cost  of  replace-
                          ment, ease of repair, household space limitations, and
                          possibly also cost of disposal.
                             Applicability and Extent of Impact.  The concept
                          of extended  useful life can be applied to relatively
                          short-lived  products,   such  as  paper  towels  and
                          throwaway paper and  plastic  tableware. For present
                          purposes,  however,  discussion  will  be  limited  to
                          extending the lifetime of certain durable goods.
                             All  household durable  goods currently comprise
                          no more than 10  to  15  percent of collected solid
                          wastes. National Industrial Pollution Control Council
                          data indicate  that  major household appliances con-
                          tributed  about 2.2 million  tons  in  1971 to the
                          nation's solid waste stream.12 p- 22  This is less than 2
                          percent of municipal waste by tonnage or compacted
                          volume.  Tire  wastes   represent  an  additional 2.6

-------
                                             WASTE REDUCTION
                                                21
million tons. Automobiles represent a focus of heavy
resource utilization,  although most auto  hulks  are
eventually  recycled and do not enter the  municipal
waste stream. Some possible impacts of the extended
lifetime  option  are  indicated  by  the  following
information on tires and automobiles.
   Passenger Car Tires.   The rubber industry records
that, in 1970, it enjoyed sales of $11 billion annually,
employed  500,000 people,  and  consisted of  more
than 2,000 manufacturing plants  operated by 1,500
companies.12>p- 1S Tires  represent 70 percent of total
rubber industry sales  volume. In 1973, 192.6 million
passenger car tires were produced in the U.S.13 In  the
same year, 35 million used tires were retreaded, 17.5
million  went  to reclaiming plants, and  3.7  million
were used  up in tire splitting, reef building, or  other
applications.14  An  estimated 144 million waste tires
therefore either accumulated or found their way into
dumps  or  landfills. This figure, compared with an
estimate of 112  million tires discarded  10  years
earlier, reflects a growth in tire wastes of  3 percent
annually. ls'p-14
   There are three general  categories of  passenger
tire: bias, belted bias, and radial ply. The bias tire is
the most  inexpensive  initially and should  provide
satisfactory performance for 15,000 to 20,000 miles.
Longer  mileage (approximately 30,000)  and greater
blowout protection  can be provided  by  the  more
expensive  belted bias tire. The top of the tire line
both in price and performance is the belted radial ply
tire, which should deliver satisfactory performance
for greater than 40,000  miles.
   The  passenger tire market  can be broken down
into two segments: original equipment (30 percent)
and replacement  tires  (70  percent).  A significant
trend in tire  sales  is the shift in replacement sales
away from bias ply tires toward longer lasting belted
bias tires (Table 11).  Even more dramatic is the trend
in original equipment sales toward long-lasting radial
ply tires.
   The trend toward  longer life tires represents a new
opportunity in tire waste management.  It has been
estimated,   for  example,  that a  shift  in  original
equipment  tire purchases exclusively to  radial  ply
tires would result in  a  decrease of 38 percent in  tire
wastes currently generated each year.15 •p-144
                     TABLE 11
    TIRE SALES BY CONSTRUCTION TYPE, 1972-75*
     Construction type
                                Percent of sales
                         1972   1973  1974t   1975t
Replacements (70%):
Bias
Belted bias
Radial

54
38
8

45
42
13

42
39
19

38
38
24
                          100   100
                                       100
                                               100
Original equipment (30%):
   Bias
   Belted bias
   Radial
16
78
6
18
64
18
13
46
41
9
30
61
                          100   100
                                       100
                                               100
      *Domestic tire  market  profile.  Modern Tire Dealer,
55(6):54-70, Jan. 1974.
      tData for 1974 and 1975 are projections.
    Table 12 presents the results of an analysis of the
 resource conservation and waste reduction effects of
 a hypothetical 100,000-mile tire.  Such a tire is not
 currently  available,  but some  experts feel  that its
 development  is not  unfeasible in the  foreseeable
 future. Table 12 depicts a scenario where all original
 equipment tires purchased after 1978 would last for
 100,000 miles, and all replacement tires are retreaded
                    TABLE 12
THE EFFECT OF A HYPOTHETICAL NEW 100,000-MILE
 TIRE UPON TIRE WASTES AND REPLACEMENT TIRE
                      SALES*
                 (In millions of tires)
Tire wastes
Year
1974
1978t
1980
1985
1990
Baseline,
without new tire
192
207
201
234
246
Projected,
with new tire
192
207
203
129
103
Reduction
in
sales/wastes
-
-
2
105
143
      *EPA  estimates  based  on:  Westerman,  R. G. The
Management  of Waste  Passenger Car Tires. Dissertation,
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, 1974. 239 p.
      tProgram initiated in 1978 consisting of all 100,000-
mile  tires as  original equipment  and 27,000-mile retreaded
tires as replacement tires.

-------
22
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
100,000-mile tires that would last for an additional
27,000 miles.  Under these circumstances annual tire
waste and  consumption would  be reduced by  143
million tires by 1990.15'p'144
   Such  a  reduction  in tire  consumption would
represent  a savings  to the country  of 23 million
barrels of oil,  1.75 million tons of rubber, and 525
million pounds of carbon black.* There would also be
further  positive  environmental impacts  associated
with decreases  in the production of these  materials.
Solid waste savings also would be significant. Assum-
ing a disposal  cost of  25 cents per  tire (including
shredding),  decreased  solid  waste generation  will
result in  savings approaching $35  million in 1990.*
Cost advantages for the consumer and disadvantages
suffered by industry are less clear and would depend
to some extent upon projected prices of the original
tire.  The long-term economic effects resulting  from
decreased replacement  tire sales should be the subject
of further study. Furthermore, as noted, the technical
feasibility of 100,000-mile tires has not been demon-
strated,  and the  safety characteristics  of  such tires
have not been evaluated.
   Automobiles.  The auto  industry  consumed 20
percent  of the steel, 9 percent  of the  aluminum, 8
percent  of the copper, 50 percent of the  malleable
iron, 65 percent of the rubber, and 33 percent of the
zinc  consumed in this country in 1972.5'p'53In all,
the industry used over 22 million tons of metals and
rubber  in  1972.  The  motor  vehicle and  allied
industries account for one-sixth of the country's gross
national  product  and employ  about  13  million
workers.5'p'52 These figures are  of particular signifi-
cance when one considers projected growth rates in
the auto industry. In 1950, an estimated 7.5 million
automobiles were purchased.16  By 1970, this figure
had risen to 8.2 million. Projections indicate that by
1990,  approximately   14.3   million  cars will  be
purchased each year in the United States.16
   The useful life of  a  car in  the United States is
currently   very  similar  to  what  it  was  20  years
ago-approximately 10 years.16  (In other  countries,
however, the  lifetime  of U.S. automobiles is often
more than doubled.)  Current  automobile weights
                          have,  however,  risen  significantly.  Thus,  between
                          1960  and 1972, the average weight of a composite
                          middle-sized automobile rose 9.7 percent, from 3,574
                          pounds  to  3,923  pounds. 17'p'10 This has meant
                          increased resource use per car despite the fact that
                          lifetimes have remained virtually constant.
                             Automobiles with longer lifetimes could, however,
                          significantly impact  upon  the amount of resources
                          used in  automobile manufacture. If we assume that
                          current  weights (and material compositions) remain
                          constant, we can project material savings for  a car
                          with a 12-year life.
                             If all cars sold in 1980 were designed for a 12-year
                          lifetime,  then  by  1990 (assuming  a steady-state
                          situation has  been  reached)  new  car sales would
                          decrease by approximately 20 percent to 11.5 million
                          units.' The resource  and solid waste savings through-
                          out the phases of the automobile life cycle would be
                          an estimated 6.7 million tons annually. By  specific
                          material, this would translate into 5.5 million tons of
                          steel,  151,000 tons of aluminum, and 142,000 tons
                          of zinc.5
                             While it appears that longer  life automobiles would
                          result  in resource savings and  reduced waste genera-
                          tion rates, the economic and  technical performance
                          factors of increased  automobile  durability and life-
                          time have not been evaluated to date.
                                                Reuse
                             The Concept  The principle  of reuse should be
                          considered  in relation  to the broad and increasing
                          category of  products  that are  now designed  for
                          one-time use. Reuse is different from recycling in that
                          the products are not reprocessed and refabricated but
                          are  used in their original  form.  Product reuse has
                          significant impacts upon litter, material and energy
                          consumption, and solid waste generation.
                            Applicability and  Extent of Impact.  The design
                          and manufacture of products that are reusable is only
                          one determinant  of the feasibility  of reuse. Obvi-
                          ously, the behavior of the users  will determine the
                          number  of times a  particular item  will be  reused.
                          There are two general cases  where product  reuse
                          could  occur. In the first case, the use and reuse of
                          the product  is  internal to the  organization  (e.g.,
     *EPA  estimate based on Westerman, Waste Passenger
Car Tires, 1974.
                              t Calculation based on data from: U.S. Department of
                          Transportation, Motor Vehicle Distribution, Production, and
                          Scrappage, Jan. 1973.

-------
                                              WASTE REDUCTION
                                                23
 reusable corrugated shipping containers employed by
 moving  companies, cloth napkins used by a home-
 owner, etc.)- In the second  case, the use and reuse of
 the product requires handling by different individuals
 (e.g., the refillable bottle is reused by a bottler but
 used once by an individual consumer). In both cases,
 some  system must be  implemented to retrieve the
 product undamaged  and ready  for reuse. The incen-
 tives required to  achieve the desired behavior would
 differ substantially, however.
   Beverage Containers.  In 1972, almost 56 billion
 beer and soft drink containers were produced and
 used in the United States.18   This  resulted in the
 generation  of approximately 8.2 million tons of solid
 waste, or approximately 10 percent of the nonfood
 product waste stream,  and  the use of an estimated
 388 trillion Btu  of  energy.* A shift to a refillable
 bottle system would remove 5  to 6 million tons of
 material from the waste stream, and decrease bever-
age container litter by 60 to 95 percent.! In addition,
the shift to an  all-refillable system would  reduce air
emissions and waterborne wastes, and would save an
estimated 218  trillion Btu of energy per year (Table
13). This energy savings is equivalent to over 108,000
barrels of oil per day. (For the effects of a system in
which 90 percent  of the containers are refillable, see
Table 21.)
   ReusaWe  and  Paper  Plates.   Another example
studied was  reusable versus disposable paper  plates.
Paper  plates  are  made  from SBS  (solid bleached
sulfate)  board,  a  high-grade  paper  product. It  is
assumed that 15 percent  of the board by weight is
lost as trim in making a plate. The  estimated  weight
of 1,000 nine-inch standard plates ranges from 21 to
24  pounds.19  Each plate  will require .025 to .028
pound of solid  bleached  sulfate board, including the
15-percent loss.19
   Data on the environmental and energy impacts of
      *EPA estimate based on: Hunt, R. G., et al. [Midwest
 Research Institute]. Resource and Environmental  Profile
 Analysis  of Nine Beverage  Container Alternatives; Final
 Report, v.1-2. Environmental Protection Publication SW-91c.
 Washington, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1974.
 178 p.
     tEPA estimate based on: Bingham, T. H., and P. F.
Mulligan [Research  Triangle Institute]. The Beverage Con-
tainer Problem; Analysis and Recommendations. U.S. Envi-
ronmental  Protection Agency, Sept. 1972. 190 p. (Distrib-
uted by National Technical Information Service, Springfield,
Va.,asPB-213341.)
                                                 TABLE 13
                 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS FROM CURRENT MIX OF BEVERAGE CONTAINERS
                         AND FROM ALL-REFILLABLE SYSTEM, BASED ON 1972 DATA*
Current system

Raw materials
(million Ib)
Energy
(trillion Btu)
Water use
(billion gal)
Industrial solid waste
(million cu ft)
Atmosphere emissions
(million Ib)
Waterborne waste
(million Ib)
Post-consumer waste
(million cu ft)
10-trip
refillable

3,578
50

35

20
216

80

27
One-way
glass

15,375
131

75

68
532

115

84
Bimetal
can

7,482
146

93

253
605

94

9
Aluminum
can

1,619
61

12

29
263

48

2
Reductions
All refUlables
Total

28,054
388

215

370
1,616

337

122


12,280
170

121

70
741

274

94
Amount

15,774
218

94

300
875

63

28
Percent

56
56

44

81
54

19

23
      *Hunt, R. G., et al. [Midwest Research Institute]. Resource and environmental profile analysis of nine beverage container
alternatives; final report, v.1-2. Environmental Protection Publication SW-91c. Washington, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
1974. 178 p.

-------
 24
                               RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
SBS manufacture are summarized  in Table  14 on a
per 10,000-plate basis.  To the production-associated
wastes were added the  land-use impacts of disposing
of the plates through landfilling. To the extent that
the plates are disposed  of by incinerators, additional
air pollution would be expected over that reported in
the table.
                    TABLE 14
    ENVIRONMENTAL. IMPACTS OF PAPER PLATE
          MANUFACTURE AND DISCARD*

                                   Range per 10,000
                                       platest

Air pollutants (Ib):
   Particulates
   SOX
   Other sulfur compounds
   CO
   NOX

Water pollutants (Ib):
   BOD
   Suspended solids

Solid wastes:
   Manufacturing waste (Ib)
   Plate disposal (Ib)
   Total landfill requirement (acres)

Energy requirements (Btu):
   Grosst
   Fossil fuelf
     2.20-2.50
     3.80-4.20
     1.20- .40
      .40-1.45
     1.74-1.95
     1.25-1.40
     1.38-1.54
    82.20-92.06
     240-280
      .20-.22
5,350,000-5,990,000
2,470,000-2,760,000
      *Gordian Associates, Inc.  Environmental impacts of
production of virgin and secondary paper, glass and rubber
products.  Washington,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
Agency, 1975. (In preparation.) Table CFB V2-A.
      tThe fossil fuel requirement is lower than the gross
requirement  because  some  of the energy  consumed  in
manufacturing is generated at the mill from process wastes.
   To  evaluate  the  environmental  impact  of  a
reusable plate, the effects of producing and discarding
the required replacement  fraction (one plate every
6,000 washings)* and the effects of washing the plate
were evaluated. The latter are by far the dominant
effects since each plate is washed after each use.
   To determine the energy effects of washing, it was
assumed  that  the  dishes  would be  washed  in  a
single-tank commercial  washer. If the dishes were
washed by hand, energy use would be expected to be
lower. A single-tank commercial dishwasher will proc-
ess 56 racks holding 25 dishes each per hour. Water
requirements  are 100 gallons per hour assuming  a
10-second rinse  at  180 degrees  F.  The  energy
requirements to heat this water are 168,000 Btu per
hour  or  168 cubic feet of natural gas.20 In addition,
the washer would require a 1-horsepower motor or
1.5 kilowatt-hours. The energy  equivalent  of this
quantity of electricity is 11,365 Btu.  Thus, the  total
energy  requirements of washing  1,400 dishes (25  x
56) is 179,365 Btu. t
   Table  15  contains  estimates  of environmental
impacts  and  energy  consumption  associated  with
reusable plates;  these may be  compared with the
estimates for paper plates in Table 14.
   It  should be  obvious that  the above  analysis is
based on several assumptions and is not in any way a
comprehensive evaluation of disposable and reusable
plates. However, it is useful to indicate the order of
magnitude of some of the environmental and resource
conservation impacts and their causes. Clearly other
aspects of disposable and reusable products, such as
cost and sanitation, also need to be considered.  EPA
currently has  underway  a more complete study of a
series of disposable and  reusable products to identify
product   shifts   that  may  be  desirable  from an
environmental  point  of  view  and  to  assess  the
economic and other impacts of such shifts.
MECHANISMS TO ACHIEVE WASTE REDUCTION
   There are three types of public policy approaches
currently being  considered at  the Federal level to
achieve waste reduction:
   1.  Product charges to  provide an incentive for
      decreased use of materials and products
   2.  Deposits  as  an  incentive  for  the reuse of
      products
   3.  Encouragement of voluntary actions to reduce
      resource  use  and  waste  generation  through
      shifts in product design
     •''EPA  estimate based on  data provided  by Single
Service Institute.
                             fEPA estimate based on data provided by Gas Appli-
                        ance Manufacturers Association.

-------
                                            WASTE REDUCTION
                                                                25
                                                 TABLE 15
                               ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF REUSABLE DISHES
                                      (10,000 dishes, used and washed once)
                                          Washing*
                            Manufacture!
                                                                                                      Total
Air pollutants (Ib):
  Participates
  SOX
  CO
  NOX

Water pollutants J

Solid wastes (Ib):
  Indirect
  Direct

Energy  requirements (Btu)
  .024
  .468
1,280,000
                                .001
                                .005

                                .015
 .279
1.666

 .012
                              .025
                              .005

                              .484
   .279
  1.666

1,292,000
      *Based on burning 168,000 Btu of gas to heat water per 1,400 plates, or 120 Btu per plate. Emission data were obtained
from: Gordian Associates, Inc. Environmental Impacts of Production of Virgin and Secondary Paper, Class and Rubber Products.
Washington, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1975. (In preparation.)
      t Based on a 1-pound glass plate, averaged over 6,000 uses.
      J There may be some water pollution resulting from food particles left on the plates after scraping that are removed in the
dishwasher. We were unable to get enough information to estimate the magnitude of this impact. In any case, food particles left on
paper plates that are subsequently landfilled could end up in water sources through leaching and would be totally untreated.
The following describes  these three approaches  in
terms of both resource and environmental benefits,
and, where sufficient analysis has  been completed,
economic and social impact.
                  Product Charges
   As described in the Second Report  to Congress,
product charges can be used to induce both waste
reduction and resource recovery. These charges may
be  of value when two conditions exist. First, there
must be a  divergence between the private and social
costs of production  and consumption  and, second,
the administrative costs of implementing the product
charge must not exceed the social benefits.
   Generally,  prices  in  a free-market  economy al-
locate resources to maximize  economic  welfare. This
will not occur, however, if the costs that a producer
faces (private  costs) understate the costs imposed on
society (social costs).
   For example, the private costs of  packaging do not
reflect the  costs imposed on society  in the collection,
disposal, and  litter cleanup of solid waste generated
by  packaging. Also, to the extent that environmental
damages are not  completely controlled, the environ-
mental  costs to   the society  incurred by  direct
                materials use and indirect energy consumption  and
                materials use are not reflected in the costs paid by the
                packager. Furthermore, the long-run value to society
                of all the resources used to make packaging may not
                be  fully registered in  the  private  costs  of these
                resources,  either because of  ignorance of the effects
                of current consumption rates or because the demand
                of future generations is not felt in today's market.
                   The  goal of  a  product charge  would be  to
                internalize  these social  costs  at  the point  in  the
                production  process where  decisions are made to
                maximize  economic  welfare.  To  the  extent  that
                internalization of social costs is feasible, the economy
                would  become  more  efficient and  would move
                toward the socially optimal  level of waste reduction
                and resource recovery. Other benefits that might  also
                result include improved balance  of trade  through
                reduced imports, and reduced environmental damages
                associated with production and waste  management.
                   In order to obtain a better perspective on the costs
                and effectiveness  of a  product charge  system, an
                analysis of  the  impact  of product  charges  on  the
                consumer packaging segment of municipal waste  was
                carried out.

-------
 26
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
   Scope of Study.   The study evaluated the costs
and effectiveness of Federal product taxes that may
be used to influence the quantity and composition of
consumer product packaging and the use of recycled
materials  in the  manufacture  of  such  packaging.
Packaging was chosen to be reviewed because it is the
largest single product class in  the  municipal  waste
stream, accounting for about one-third of all munici-
pal waste.  About  two-thirds  of the  weight of all
packaging waste is consumer product  packaging (the
remainder  is shipping packaging such as corrugated
boxes or pallets).
   The analysis provides an initial basis for  policy
decisions regarding the desirability of product charges
as a possible means for waste reduction and resource
recovery.  Other benefits that  might  result, such as
natural resource savings, environmental savings, bal-
ance-of-trade improvements, and increased efficiency,
are not included in the study. The  administrative
costs of the various options were also excluded.
   Three  consumer  packaging  tax  schemes were
selected for analysis:
   LA  tax on the  weight of consumer product
     packaging
   2. A  tax on the  weight of consumer product
     packaging  with  an  exemption for  recycled
     materials  (i.e., a  tax  only on  the weight of
     virgin materials consumed in a package)
   3. A per unit tax on all rigid containers used to
     package consumer products
The study concentrated on 30 consumer  products
and 9 packaging materials (Tables 16-18).
   Study Findings.   A  summary  of  the estimated
effectiveness and costs of the three  types of product
taxes at different rates is shown in Table 19. For each
tax, the   effectiveness  increases  as   the  tax rate
increases.  Among the  three types of taxes, the per
unit tax on containers induces the largest reductions
in solid waste generation and energy utilization. The
tax  on  packaging  weight with an  exemption  for
recycled materials leads  to substantial  increases in the
recycling of post-consumer wastes and reduces con-
sumption of raw materials. The tax on packaging by
weight without the exemption has about the same
effectiveness in reducing solid  waste  generation  and
energy utilization as the tax with an exemption, but
the former is substantially less effective in reducing
                          raw  materials  consumption  and  less  effective  in
                          increasing the recycling of post-consumer wastes.
                             In order to gain some insight regarding the relative
                          cost  and effectiveness  of different  product  taxes,
                          cost-effectiveness ratios were calculated.  The results
                          show the cost (in terms of lost consumer surplus) per
                          unit  of effectiveness (reduced solid waste, reduced
                          use  of raw  materials  and  energy,  and  increased
                          recycling) for each type of product  tax (Table 20).
                          Only one average value  for each type of tax was used
                          since  the ratios  of costs to benefits are not very
                          sensitive to changes in the rate.


                                               TABLE 16
                          PACKAGING MATERIALS INCLUDED  IN PACKAGING
                                               TAX STUDY
                                (Standard industrial code number in parentheses)

                          I. Flexible paper and paper closures
                                Waxed and oiled paper (26412)
                                Laminated paper (26415)
                                Bag paper (26431)
                                Glassine (2643)
                                Paper closures (26451/81)
                          2. Flexible plastics and plastic closures
                                Cellophane (2821)
                                Polyethylene (2821)
                                Polypropylene (2821)
                                Plastic sheet (2821)
                                Polystyrene and other thermoformed (2821)
                                Plastic closures (30794/71)
                          3. Metal closures
                                Metal caps (34616)
                                Metal crowns (34617)
                          4. Flexible aluminum
                                Aluminum foil-flexible (3352)
                          5. Rigid paper
                                Folding boxes (2651)
                                Setup boxes (2652)
                                Sanitary food board (2654)
                                Fibre cans, tubes (2655)
                          6. Rigid plastics
                                Plastic bottles (3079)
                                Plastic cups, jars, tubes, boxes, baskets (3079)
                          7. Glass
                                Jars (3221)
                                Refillable bottles (3221)
                                Nonrefillable bottles (3221)
                          8. Steel
                                Cans(3411)
                                Aerosol cans (3411)
                          9. Rigid aluminum
                                Aluminum plates (3352)
                                Cans(3411)
                                Collapsible tubes (3496)
                             The study did not consider the costs of administer-
                          ing or enforcing these product taxes, nor did it deal

-------
                                               WASTE REDUCTION
                                                                                          27
with distribution  of the  money  after collection.  It
appears likely  that a unit  tax on packaging would
have the lowest administrative and enforcement costs,
while  the  packaging tax with an   exemption for
recycled materials would have the highest costs.

                   Deposit Systems
   One mechanism that could be used to encourage
                                        product  reuse  is a  deposit system.  Deposits could
                                        apply to reusable products (e.g.,  refillable soft drink
                                        bottles  or  tires),  or to  other items  that could  be
                                        returned for recycling (e.g., an automobile deposit to
                                        decrease auto abandonment). Implementation of a
                                        deposit  system would provide an  economic incentive
                      TABLE 17
 AMOUNTS OF NATURAL RESOURCES USED TO MANU-
 FACTURE PACKAGING  FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS,
   1970 (BASIC DATA FOR PACKAGING TAX STUDY)*
  Packaging
   material
Natural resource
                          Amount
 Paper        Raw materials (1,000 metric tons):
               Wood pulp                       6,406
               Chlorine                            125
               Caustic                             144
               Soda ash                             77
               Sodium sulfate                      317
               Lime                               154
             Energy (equivalent million kWh)       23,497

 Plastics      Raw materials (1,000 metric tons):
               NLG feed stocks                   1,766
               Field condensates                    104
               Refinery feed stocks               1,082
             Energy (equivalent million kWh)        1,942

 Glass        Raw materials (1,000 metric tons):
               Glass sand                        6,802
               Limestone                        2,224
               Soda ash                          2,214
               Feldspar                            775
               Prepared saltcake                     10
             Energy (equivalent million kWh)       26,334
Steel         Raw materials (1,000 metric tons):
               Iron ore and agglomerates          5,905
               Coke                             2,372
               Fluxes                           1,360
               Mill cinder and scale                  168
             Energy (equivalent million kWh)       19,374
Aluminum    Raw materials (1,000 metric tons):
               Bauxite                           2,266
               Lime makeup                        62
               Soda ash makeup                   250
               Petroleum coke                     264
               Pitch                                85
               Cryolite                             22
               Aluminum trifluoride                  13
            Energy (equivalent million kWh)        8,859

      Total raw materials (1,000 metric tons)       40,685
      Total energy (equivalent million kWh)        80,005

      *Bingham, T. H., et al. [Research Triangle Institute].
An evaluation of the effectiveness and costs of regulatory and
fiscal  policy  instruments  on product packaging.  Environ-
mental Protection Publication SW-74c.  Cincinnati, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency,  1974. 301 p.
                                                             TABLE 18
                                        CONSUMER  PRODUCT  CATEGORIES  INCLUDED  IN
                                                      PACKAGING TAX STUDY
A.  Food and kindred products
       Perishables-
            1. Baked goods
                  Bread and rolls; crackers and cookies;
                  sweet goods
            2. Dairy products
                  Cheese; eggs; milk; butter
            3. Frozen foods
                  Ice  cream;  frozen  desserts  and  baked
                  goods;  meat,   fish,  poultry;  prepared
                  foods; vegetables, fruits, juices, drinks
            4. Fresh and cured meat
            5. Fresh and cured fish and seafood
            6. Fresh and cured poultry
            7. Produce
       Beverages—
            8. Distilled spirits
            9. Wine
           10. Beer
           11. Soft drinks
           12. Prepared beverages
                  Cocoa; coffee; tea; breakfast drinks
       Nonperishables and kindred products—
           13. Candy and chewing gum
           14. Canned foods
                  Vegetables;  meat,  fish,  and  poultry;
                  fruits and  vegetables; soups; baby  foods;
                  juices and  fruit drinks; milk
           15. Cereals, flour,  and macaroni
           16. Pet foods
           17. Tobacco products
           18. Other foods

B.  General merchandise
       Household supplies—
           19. Soaps and detergents
           20. Other cleaning supplies
                  Dry cleaners;  laundry  supplies;  waxes
                  and polishes; other cleaners and cleansers
           21. Pesticides
           22. Other household supplies
       Health and beauty aids-
           23. Packaged medications
           24. Oral hygiene products
           25. Cosmetics and hand products
           26. Hair products
           27. Shaving products
           28. Other beauty aids
           29. Other health aids
       Other general merchandise—
           30. Other general merchandise

-------
28
                          RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION






























r— t
W
m
t-

































*
z
3
jj
a.
E-
C-)
|3
Q
O
K
a.
§
00
u

b.
O
00
W
PX,
£
W
w
PS
e
[L,
o
00
U
Q
00
00
Z:
W
i

&
w

HH
E-i
0

<£
^|
g
00






V
'.§
I t
O C
QJ
t-i o
fl) ^_^
&
(0
t-







^.^
G
o. J3 £
ex t. .3 „
3 ^ "a S «
! 1, 3 s 2
§1 11 i
X >» X ^J» S
p_j o
J°
cs"




r-H
to
CS



s
i-H

cs
"1
1— 1


CO


in


CO
o



1
i— I

CO
c?
f— t
5


rt
o
cs


G
o
2
£
fectiveness:
Reductions in solid waste ger
(thousand metric tons)
a

















































•«
o
Increases in the consumption


0



0






o




o

to
o

0


cs
co"

I— 1
r-H
C*
in"

1
to



0


o

o



o





«
«
post-consumer waste mater:
(thousand metric tons)

to
i-H


O
l-H
to"




l-H
O
to"


o
in
"i.

5
r^
in"


CO
cs"

0
vO
•S)
t-"

O
CO
CO_



3
cs"

CO
i-H
c-
m


to

cs


D.
g
vt
a
o *~*
Reductions in raw materials c
tion (thousand metric tons

Q
m_
co"


^
CO
r>"



•o
in
o\
in


^
oo_
to"

m
vO
M"


o
o
cs"


to
cp
i-H

CO
i-H
in



co
o
m"

vO
in
l-H
l-H


O

in




c
0
Reductions in energy utilizati
(equivalent million kWh)

in
8
l-H


00
to





"
^



t~
C)

vO
to
cs


CO
CO
p-t

in
m

in
l-H
to



in
vO
to


cK
cj;
i-H


^

O






st (million dollars):
Losses in consumer surplust
3
to
q.


cs
cs
> *

° *
ffl O
3 t«H

^ o. S.
l°2
•a a> %
t5 ~ a*
» c?"0
Pi
ll g
*S ^> 6
.S is i
TT W *•*
CU O

5 c ,S£
 G ^H ft

C^ cu *5
.2 CJ Xj M
^i s 8
0 JQ TJ *O
CO (H Si W
4) /?
Q) '.0 CD T*
(V m T3 -
*Bingham, T. H., et al. [
ivironmental Protection Public
•(•"Consumer surplus" is
irket price increase results in a
u S

-------
                                             WASTE REDUCTION
                                                            29
 to return a product to a central collection point so
 that it could be reused with minimal recovery costs.
 An economic disincentive would also be imposed on
 those  who do not  return  the product. A deposit
 system  can  thus be  thought  of  as  a means of
            waste. Also, to the extent that the deposit results in a
            predominately refillable bottle system, there will be
            substantial  savings in  energy  and  materials  and
            reductions  in  pollution.  The environmental impacts
            from the current mix of beverage containers and from
                                                 TABLE 20
                      SUMMARY OF THE COSTS (LOSSES IN CONSUMER SURPLUS) PER UNIT
                     OF EFFECTIVENESS OF THE THREE TYPES OF TAXES ON PACKAGING*t
Dollars per metric ton of
  solid waste reduced
Dollars per metric ton of
  increased use of post-
  consumer waste materials
Dollars per metric ton of
  reduced raw material use
Dollars per thousand kilowatt-hours
  of reduced energy use
$2-19




 1-14

 1-7
                                                                      Amount of cost
Measure of cost per unit
of effectiveness
Tax on
packaging
by weight
Tax on packaging
by weight
with an exemption
for recycled materials
Tax per
container
$148-190


   8-24

   6-15

  57-73
$7-52




 5-38

 3-20
     *Bingham, et al. [Research Triangle Institute]. Effectiveness and costs of regulatory and fiscal policy instruments, 1974.
     tApproximate values, not additive.
internalizing costs to society that are not presently
accounted for by private costs (litter costs and solid
waste  management,  environmental,  and  resource
depletion impacts).
   A great deal of public attention has been focused
on deposit systems for beer and soft drink containers.
In the Second  Report to Congress, the impacts of
deposit systems were presented in some  detail. Data
that have been  accumulated since  that report are
presented here.
   The  mandatory  deposit  system  proposed  most
often would require that all beer and carbonated soft
drink containers carry a refund value, or deposit, of 5
cents.  The  retailer  would be required  to  pay the
deposit to the consumer  for every empty container
turned in. The retailer would be required to accept
any empty container of any kind, size, and brand of
beverage sold  by that retail outlet. Retailers, in turn,
could return empty containers to the distributor, who
would also be  required to pay the 5-cent refund.
   Implementation of a deposit system would likely
result in declines in beverage container litter and solid
           an all-refillable system were compared in Table 13. A
           comparison of  current  impacts with those from  a
           system in which 90 percent of the containers are
           refillable is presented in Table 21.
              Cost savings to the consumer  are also  likely to
           occur as a result of a shift to a largely refillable bottle
           system.  This  is  because  nonrefillable containers,
           which are more  expensive to  use  than refillables,
           will  be available only in small quantities. The effect
           of rising  raw material prices is  of significance here.
           During the past year, can prices  rose an estimated 34
           percent  while refillable  glass prices  rose  only 16
           percent.21  This  has widened the gulf between the
           wholesale prices of beverages in  refillable bottles and
           of those in cans. Even with the addition of a IVa-cent
           retail charge  for  handling  the refillables,  there is  a
           clear price saving for the consumer, ranging from V& to
           3% cents per container.*
                *EPA  estimate based  on data  supplied  by selected
           brewers and retailers.

-------
 30
                              RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                               TABLE 21
                 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS FROM CURRENT MIX OF BEVERAGE CONTAINERS
                           AND FROM A SYSTEM WITH 90 PERCENT REFILLABLES,
                                          BASED ON 1972 DATA*

Raw materials
(million Ib)
Energy
(trillion Btu)
Water use
(billion gal)
Industrial solid waste
(million cu ft)
Atmosphere emissions
(million Ib)
Waterborne waste
(million Ib)
Post-consumer waste
(million cu ft)
Current system

28,054

388

215

370

1,616

337

122

90% refillable

11,060

153

109

63

668

246

85
New system
10% one-way

3,199

50

22

42

210

39

12
Reductions
Total

14,259

203

131

105

878

285

97
Amount

13,795

185

84

265

738

52

25
Percent

49

48

39

72

46

15

20
     *EPA estimate based on data from: Hunt, R. G., et al. [Midwest Research Institute].  Resource and Environmental Profile
Analysis of Nine Beverage Container Alternatives; Final Report, v.1-2. Environmental Protection Publication SW-91 c. Washington,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1974. 178 p.
   Implementation  of a mandatory deposit  system
for beer and soft-drink  containers would also have
some penalties, however. Paramount among these is
an employment dislocation. For although a deposit
system is likely to  create an estimated 60,800 jobs
in the retail and distribution sectors of the economy,
it is  also likely  to eliminate some 60,500 jobs in the
container industries, and the jobs lost would be more
skilled than those gained.
   To offset these losses, it is recommended that a
mandatory deposit  system be phased  in over time.
Phasing  in such a  system by  1980,  for example,
would reduce   the  employment dislocations  by 32
percent.22  This would mean an average of less than
7,000 employees dislocated per year. Further reduc-
tions in  unemployment could be achieved by an even
more lengthy phase-in period. If, for example, a 90-
percent  refillable bottle market were to be achieved
by 1985, an estimated 16,000 employees would be
affected, less than 3,000 per year.22
   On the  basis of  these data on environmental and
economic  effects,   and  in  order  to  decrease  the
inequities arising from a patchwork of State and local
legislation,  John Quarles, Deputy  Administrator of
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, provided
testimony to the Congress in May 1974 favoring the
implementation  of a nationwide mandatory deposit
law  for  beverage  containers,  phased  in over  a
substantial  period of  time.23   EPA  is  currently
carrying out an  analysis of  methods of phasing in a
deposit system   in  order  to  minimize  economic
dislocations.

            Voluntary Waste Reduction
   Voluntary  actions  for  waste reduction can  be
undertaken at either the producer or consumer level.
Industries  can redesign their  products to conserve
resources and reduce waste,  and consumers can make
purchases after considering the implications for waste
of available product choices.
   Current economic conditions have made voluntary
waste reduction actions far more acceptable-and, for
some individuals,  necessary-than in the  past. Con-
sumers have become more  cost conscious in their
purchases.  This  has led to increased demands for
larger package sizes and for durable goods that last
longer. At the same time, rising energy and material
costs have resulted in the redesigning of a number of

-------
                                               WASTE REDUCTION
                                                   31
products so as to require less material and energy in
their manufacture. Indeed,  it has been suggested that
the  quest  for  higher productivity  may shift away
from an effort to substitute energy for people toward
an increased emphasis on what could be called ma-
terials  and energy   productivity.  Obviously, such
reorientation will benefit the environment  as well as
conserve resources.
   This  phenomenon of  shifting  priorities  in  the
manufacturing industries has been noted throughout
the recent literature.  An article in Business Week has
suggested the need for caution in relying exclusively
on the private sector,  however:

   For  industry, the adjustment  to high  energy
   prices could  reverse  some long-standing prac-
   tices. Some products may have to be redesigned
   for easy repair, easy recycling, and even longer
   life .. . [but] none  of  this  will  come about
   quickly,  and  some  regulation  may  well  be
   needed to shore up incentives for conservation
   if market forces prove too weak.24

   Broad-scale intervention by the Government, on
the  other  hand,  should  be  viewed with extreme
caution. Such intervention would have  a  profound
impact on the  market system because it involves
direct control by the Federal Government of what
has traditionally been a private market process. Some
decisions regarding design changes could also poten-
tially result in  significant  economic dislocations and
job losses.
   Voluntary programs seem to hold more promise,
particularly at a time when there is  a confluence of
business,  environmental,  and consumer  interests in
the  area  of product design.  EPA  is  now actively
urging voluntary waste reduction and has established
a program  designed to  focus  industry efforts on
product redesign for decreased material use.

                   REFERENCES
 1.  Kalina,  J. F. Now it's seamless  steel  cans for food.
               Modern Packaging, 47(10):7-8, 16, Sept.
               1974.
 2.  Late break; significant news  as we go to press. Modern
              Packaging, 47(2):70, Feb. 1974.
 3.  Winning cartons with a luxury look. Modern Packaging,
               47(5):42-43, May 1974.
 4.  Rule 41 will stay. Modern  Packaging,  47(7): 12, July
               1974.
  5. 1973/74  Automobile facts and figures. Detroit, Motor
               Vehicle Manufacturers Association, [1974|.
               72 p.
  6. Autos; Detroit struggles to think smaller. Business Week,
               (2348): 147-149, Sept. 14, 1974.
  7. Personal  communication. A. T. Rhoads, Milk Industry
               Foundation, to M. Loube, Office of Solid
               Waste Management Programs,  Resource Re-
               covery Division.
  8. Personal communication. J. Cannon, International Paper
               Company, to M.  Loube,  Office  of  Solid
               Waste Management Programs  Resource Re-
               covery Division.
  9. Personal communication. Glass Container Manufacturers
               Institute and Brockway Glass Company to
               E. Claussen, Office of Solid Waste Manage-
               ment   Programs,    Resource   Recovery
               Division.
10. Confidential industry correspondence.
11. Personal  communication. M. Freidman, Owens-Illinois,
               Plastic Products  Division,  to H. Samtur,
               Office  of Solid Waste Management Pro-
               grams, Resource Recovery Division.
12. National  Industrial  Pollution   Control  Council. The
               disposal  of major  appliances. Washington,
               U.S.   Government   Printing Office,  June
               1971. 22 p.
13. RMA tire report; statistical highlights-December 1973.
               New York, Rubber Manufacturers Associa-
               tion, Feb. 19, 1974. 3 p.
14. Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Resource
               Recovery Division.  Unpublished data.
15. Westerman,  R. R. The management of  waste passenger
               car tires. Dissertation, University of Pennsyl-
               vania, Philadelphia, 1974. 239 p.
16. Motor vehicle distribution, production, and scrappage.
               Washington, U.S. Department of Transpor-
               tation,  Federal Highway   Administration,
               Jan. 1973. 1 p.  (Unpublished report.)
17. Dean, K.  C., J. W Sterner, and E. G. Valdez. Effect of
               increasing  plastics  content  on recycling of
               automobiles. Bureau  of Mines  Technical
               Progress  Report 79. Washington,  U.S. De-
               partment  of the Interior, May 1974.  14 p.
18. Midwest Research Institute. Unpublished data collected
               under U.S. Environmental Protection Agen-
               cy Contract No. 68-01-0793 (1974).
19. Personal communication. Single Service Institute to F. L.
               Smith, Jr.,  Office  of  Solid Waste Manage-
               ment  Programs, Resource  Recovery  Divi-
               sion.
20. Personal communication. Gas Appliance Manufacturers
               Association to  F.  L. Smith, Jr., Office of
               Solid  Waste Management  Programs,  Re-
               source Recovery Division.
21. Personal communication. Glass  Container Manufacturers
               Institute  to  E.  Claussen,  Office  of  Solid
               Waste Management Programs, Resource Re-
               covery Division.
22. Bingham,  T. H., et al. [Research Triangle Institute]. An
               evaluation of the effectiveness and costs of
               regulatory and  fiscal policy instruments on
               product  packaging. .Environmental Protec-
               tion Publication SW-74c. [Washington], U.S.
               Environmental  Protection  Agency,  1974.
               301 p.

-------
 32
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
23. Quarles, J.  R.,  Jr. Statement of Honorable John  R.
               Quarles,  Jr.,  Deputy  Administrator, Envi-
               ronmental  Protection Agency, before  the
               Subcommittee on the Environment, Com-
               mittee on Commerce, United States Senate,
               May  7,  1974. Cincinnati, U.S. Environ-
               mental  Protection Agency, National Envi-
               ronmental Research Center, 1974. 14 p.
24. Shepard, S. G. Commentary; the end of the  cowboy
               economy. Business Week,  (2307):22, Nov.
               24, 1973.

-------
                                         Chapter 3
                           ENERGY RECOVERY FROM
                       POST-CONSUMER SOLID WASTE
   The Second  Report to Congress documented a
turning point in resource recovery. When that report
was prepared, techniques for recovering energy and
materials from the waste stream were just beginning
to  be demonstrated on a large scale; and only a few
communities were preparing to build systems.
   The interval since then has witnessed the construc-
tion  of  three  demonstration  facilities  (including
EPA's energy recovery demonstration in Baltimore);
the completion of the Nashville,  Tennessee, district
heating and cooling system; the start of construction
of five full-scale, locally funded recovery systems; and
the continued development and evaluation of EPA's
demonstrations in Franklin,  Ohio,  and  St.  Louis,
Missouri.
   Today,  as development  of  new  technologies
continues, the implementation of a resource recovery
system has become for many communities  a serious
concern and a major activity. This Third Report to
Congress presents  a summary  of resource recovery in
the context of the progress that has been made over
the past year.
   This chapter presents estimates of the amount of
energy potentially recoverable  from solid  waste, a
description of the technology and of the markets for
the  recovered energy, and  an evaluation  of  the
availability of technology for energy recovery.

            QUANTITY OF ENERGY
        POTENTIALLY RECOVERABLE

              Theoretical Potential
   In 1973, approximately 135 million tons  per year
of  residential  and  commercial  solid  waste were
generated. About 70 to 80 percent of this waste was
combustible, having an average  energy content  of
 about 9 million British Thermal Units (Btu) per ton.
 Theoretically, if all solid waste in the U.S. had been
 converted into energy in 1973, about 1.2 quadrillion
 Btu per year would have been generated. This is equal
 to  more than  564,000  barrels  per day of  oil
 equivalent (B/DOE) or 206 million barrels per year of
 oil equivalent  (B/YOE). Growth  in population and
 per capita waste generation would cause these figures
 to increase to 1,440 trillion Btu per year by 1980, or
 about 680,000 B/DOE or 248 million B/YOE. These
 and other findings are summarized in Table 22.
               Available Potential
   Not all waste  is  available for  energy  recovery.
 Energy recovery systems require large quantities  of
 waste (at least 200 to 250 tons per day) delivered for
 processing at one site in order to achieve economies
 of scale. For this reason, energy  recovery appears
 feasible only in more densely populated areas, such as
 most   Standard  Metropolitan   Statistical   Areas
 (SMSA's). If energy recovery had been practiced in all
 SMSA's in 1973, almost 900 trillion Btu  would have
 been recovered. This  is equal to more than 424,000
 B/DOE,  or 154  million B/YOE. By 1980, the energy
 potentially recoverable from the SMSA waste stream
 is projected to  be about 1,085 trillion Btu per year,
 the equivalent of more than 512,000 B/DOE, or 187
 million B/YOE.
           Impact on Energy Demand
  The quantity of energy potentially available from
the waste stream  of  more densely  populated  areas
(SMSA's) is  significant. For  example, the 424,000
barrels per day of oil  equivalent that was available in
SMSA's in 1973 is equal to:
  4.6 percent  of fuel consumed by all utilities  in
     1973 (9.2  million B/DOE)
                                                33

-------
 34
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                  Table 22
          ENERGY POTENTIALLY RECOVERABLE FROM RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL SOLID WASTE*
                                       1973
                                                                                       1980


Theoretical
AvailableU
Projected
recovery
Btut
(trillion)
1,194
899

—
B/DOE*
(thousand)
564
424

—
B/YOE§
(million)
206
154

—
Btu
(trillion)
1,440
1,085

85
B/DOE
(thousand)
680
512

40
B/YOE
(million)
248
187

15
      *These  estimates are a function of (1) population; (2)  the average amount of residential and commercial solid waste
generated per person, and (3) the energy content of the waste (4,500 Btu per pound). The heating value of 4,500 Btu per pound (9
million Btu per ton) is generally accepted for "as received," unprocessed waste as delivered by. a collection truck to a processing or
disposal facility.
      tBtui British thermal unit.
      * B/DOE: Barrels per day of oil equivalent. (Assuming 5.8 million Btu per barrel of oil and 365 days per year.)
      § B/YOE: Barrels per year of oil equivalent.
      f Based on all Standard Metropolitan Statistical Areas (SMSA's).
      NOTE:  Different waste processing methods have different recovery efficiencies. For example, a shredding/air classification
waste processing  system  loses  some  potential  energy  by  removing  heavy  combustibles  from the  fuel fraction,  while
high-temperature incineration with no prior classification would lose far less potential energy. However, no adjustment was made to
allow for such processing losses or energy conversion efficiencies (of, say, steam or electricity) because no prejudgment can be made
as to which energy recovery method would be used in any given situation.
  10 percent of all the coal consumed by utilities in
     1973(4.1 million B/DOE)
  28  percent of the oil projected to be delivered
     through   the  Alaskan  pipeline  (1.5 million
     B/DOE)
  1 percent of all energy  consumed in  the United
     States in 1973 (35.6 million B/DOE)

   The energy  recoverable from  SMSA's can  light
every home and office building in the country and is
equivalent to twice the gasoline savings estimated for
the 55-miles-per-hour fuel conservation program in
1973-74.
   Perhaps  more significant is the impact on energy
needs  of  individual  users.  For   example, many
industrial plants can generate at least half the process
steam  they use from  solid waste fuel, thus reducing
dependence on fossil fuels.

             Projected Implementations
            of Energy Recovery Systems
   Based  on  energy  recovery systems existing or
planned at  the present time, it is projected that by
1980  almost  30 cities  and counties  around  the
country should be operating the equivalent of about
thirty-six   1,000-ton-per-day plants,  recovering  an
                          estimated 85 trillion Btu per year, or 40,000 B/DOE,
                          or 15 million B/YOE.
                                        Effect of Paper Recycling
                                          on Energy Recovery
                             Wastepaper can be recycled as a fiber source, or it
                          can   be  converted  to  energy.  From  a  national
                          perspective,  recycling of wastepaper could reduce the
                          amount of  energy  potentially recoverable from the
                          waste stream by 5 to 10 percent or more, depending
                          on the quantity and type of paper recycled. However,
                          EPA studies show that existing paper recycling levels
                          could  be  increased significantly without seriously
                          affecting the  fuel  characteristics of the remaining
                          solid waste.
                             Because  these  options—recycling or energy recov-
                          ery-are mutually exclusive with respect to  waste-
                          paper at the time of disposal (although recycled paper
                          can  be converted to energy  later),  there can be a
                          problem at  the local level for those making decisions
                          about  resource   recovery  systems.  The effect  of
                          recycling paper on the fuel value of solid waste varies
                          with the  level   of  recycling rates. If  newspaper
                          recycling efforts  were increased to  their maximum
                          practical levels, the  as-fired  heating  value, burn-out
                          level, and sulfur content of the fuel would change by

-------
                         ENERGY RECOVERY FROM POST-CONSUMER SOLID WASTE
                                                                                                       35
 not more than 6 percent. If total paper  recycling
 levels were doubled, the burn-out and sulfur content
 would change by less  than 3 percent; the as-fired
 heating value would decrease by 9 percent; and the
 ash content would increase by 14 percent. Although
 paper  recycling rates are far below their maximum
 practical levels at the present time, if such levels were
 approached, the effect on solid waste fuel characteris-
 tics would become more pronounced.  Therefore, the
 design of energy recovery plants should  take into
 account the effects of potential paper recycling levels.

          TECHNOLOGY AND MARKETS
   Many  different  approaches  to  recovering  the
 energy  value  of  solid  waste are presently  being
 examined. Waterwall incinerators are  being used to
 generate  steam in a  number of U.S. cities. A new
 waterwall incinerator was constructed in  Nashville,
 Tennessee, in  mid-1974. A contract  was  signed in
 1974 for  the sale of steam produced at the Braintree,
 Massachusetts,  incinerator. A waterwall incinerator to
 generate  steam for  industrial  processing  is under
 construction at Saugus, Massachusetts. In Baltimore,
 with  financial support  from  an EPA  solid waste
 demonstration grant, a  pyrolysis system  that will
 generate  steam is beginning  operation. EPA's St.
 Louis  project  is currently demonstrating a system
 that uses  the shredded, combustible portion of solid
 waste as a coal substitute in a utility boiler. Chicago,
 Ames, Iowa, and Bridgeport, Connecticut,  are build-
 ing similar systems.  Several other  communities are
 considering  similar  systems and extension of  the
 concept   to  oil-fired  boilers,  as well  as  use  of
 wet-pulped or pelletized solid waste as a fuel.
   Pyrolysis systems are being developed to convert
 solid  waste into liquid  and gaseous   fuels. Two  of
 these systems are the Garrett Research and  Develop-
 ment Company's  system for  producing an oil-like
 fuel, which is being demonstrated with grant support
 from  EPA  in San  Diego  County,  California,  and
 Union Carbide's system for producing  a gaseous fuel,
 which is being tested by that company at its plant in
 South  Charleston, West Virginia. The  recovery  of
 methane from landfilled solid waste is being practiced
at  a   pilot  plant in  Los Angeles  and  will  be
 demonstrated  at  Mountain  View,  California,  with
 grant support from EPA. Electrical power generation
using  a gas turbine  is being explored in a research
project  conducted  by the Combustion Power Com-
pany with EPA support.
   These  technologies  enable  solid  waste  to  be
converted into a number of different energy forms,
including  gaseous,  liquid, and solid fuels as well as
steam  and electricity. The energy recovery system
that should  be  employed  in any  particular com-
munity depends upon the market for the product.1
   The market value of a solid waste energy product
should be equivalent, on the basis of heat produced,
to the value of the fuel  which it replaces, less any
additional  costs  incurred in  its use.  The  current
energy crunch has significantly increased the value of
these products and has reduced the need to provide
special incentives to enhance their marketability.
   To be marketable, however, the solid waste energy
products must have qualities  acceptable to the user.
Steam and electricity produced from solid waste are
equivalent to those products from other sources, but
fuels produced from  solid wastes are physically and
chemically different from their  fossil fuel  counter-
parts. Characteristics such as ash content, heat value,
corrosiveness,  viscosity, and moisture content have to
be acceptable to the  user.  For all  energy products
derived from  solid  waste, such factors- as reliability,
quantity, and availability are also important.
   The following is a review of the characteristics of
the  major energy  products  recoverable from solid
waste, the status of technology for recovery, and the
potential markets.
          Solid, Liquid, and Gaseous Fuels
   Solid, liquid, and  gaseous  fuels can be  produced
from solid waste by a number of systems currently
under  development.  These fuels  can be used as a
supplement to their fossil fuel counterparts: coal,
petroleum, and natural gas.
   Mixed municipal solid waste has a heating value of
approximately 4,500  Btu per pound. The  heating
value of solid waste is compared to that of fossil fuels
in Table 23.
   Systems for Producing Fuels.  The technology for
converting solid  waste into  fuel is very  new but
developing rapidly. All of the systems under consider-
ation today were conceived of since 1968.
   Prepared Solid Waste as a Supplemental Fuel. The
city  of St.  Louis, with demonstration grant assistance
from EPA, is  producing a dry, shredded solid waste

-------
 36
                              RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                     Table 23
     APPROXIMATE HEATING VALUE OF FUELS
       Fuels
                                Heat value
 Coal
 No. 6 heating oil
 Natural gas
 Municipal solid waste
8,000 to 14,000 Btu per pound
150,000 Btu per gallon
1,000 to 1,100 Btu per cubic foot
4,500 Btu per pound
fuel which is used to supplement pulverized coal in an
existing  Union  Electric Company  suspension-fired
boiler.  Three  hundred  tons  of solid  waste  fuel
provides 10 percent of the energy used each day in
the 125-megawatt boiler.
   The  process  is divided  into two distinct opera-
tions: fuel  preparation and firing. A fuel transporta-
tion  system is also required in  St. Louis because the
fuel is prepared 18 miles from the powerplant. At the
processing plant, municipally collected solid waste is
shredded in a horizontal hammermill and fed into an
air classifier which  separates  the material into heavy
(dense)  and  light fractions.  The heavy fraction  is
passed over a magnetic belt to  remove ferrous metals
that  are processed further before sale to the Granite
City (Illinois) Steel Company for recycling. The light,
mostly  combustible material  is  stored temporarily in
a bin and then loaded into 75-cubic-yard transfer
trailers  for the trip  to the powerplant (Figure  1). At
the powerplant the prepared fuel is transferred to a
smaller bin from which it can  be pneumatically blown
into the boiler (Figure 2). 2"4
   More information on the St. Louis demonstration,
including the results of the first series of air emission
tests conducted as part of the project, is presented in
the Appendix.
   Similar systems are already  being implemented in
several other communities, even though the concept
is still being tested.  The Union  Electric Company has
announced a  $70  million program to expand the
demonstration operation to serve the entire metropol-
itan  St. Louis area. In Ames, Iowa,  a prepared solid
waste fuel  will  be  used  in a municipally owned
powerplant.  In  Chicago, it  will be  used by the
Commonwealth Edison Company.
   Various  studies  by  EPA  are  investigating  other
possibilities for solid fuel prepared from solid waste:
as a supplemental fuel in oil-fired boilers; preparation
by a wet-pulping method; and pelletizing  for use in
grate-fired boilers.
   Pyrolysis.  Pyrolysis is the thermal decomposition
of materials in the absence or near-absence of oxygen.
The high temperature and the "starved-air" situation
cause a breakdown of the materials into three parts:
(1) a gas consisting primarily of hydrogen, methane,
and carbon monoxide; (2) a liquid fuel that includes
organic chemicals  such as acetic acid, acetone, and
methanol;  (3) a  char consisting  of almost  pure
carbon, plus any glass, metal, or rock that may have
been processed. The design of the individual system
determines which  of  these  outputs  will  be  the
predominant product.5
   Two pyrolysis systems  currently under develop-
ment  show promise of producing fuel of sufficient
quality and  yield  to be  marketable.  The Garrett
Research and Development Company's "Flash Pyrol-
ysis" system, which is  being demonstrated by EPA in
San Diego  County, California,  will produce a liquid
fuel. A gaseous fuel will be produced  in a Union
Carbide  system  that  the  Linde  Division of  the
company is testing at its 200-ton-per-day test facility
in South Charleston, West Virginia.
   The demonstration plant for "Flash Pyrolysis" is
expected to  produce  an  oil-like liquid  that will be
used by the San Diego Gas and Electric Company  as a
supplemental fuel in an existing oil-fired boiler. This
fuel, which is  produced at the rate of 1 barrel per  ton
of solid waste, has a heating value of about 94,000
Btu per gallon, or  about  65 percent of the heating
value of No. 6 fuel oil on a volumetric basis. It has a
higher  moisture content and a higher viscosity than
No. 6 oil.6
   The Garrett process consists of a complex prepara-
tion system followed by a relatively simple pyrolysis
reaction (Figure 3). To prepare the solid waste for the
reactor, it  must first  be  shredded.  An  air classifier
then separates a light combustible fraction which,
after being dried, is  shredded again, this  time to a
particle size of one-sixteenth of an inch. This material
is then introduced into the reactor, where it is mixed
with hot, glowing char in  an inert atmosphere. The
material is pyrolyzed in less  than a second, at a
temperature of 900 F. The resulting gas is condensed
to recover the oil. The process char is  recirculated as
the energy source to pyrolyze the incoming material.

-------
ENERGY RECOVERY FROM POST-CONSUMER SOLID WASTE
                                                                   37
                                          (0 :z
        re   O     ra       ^*



       ll   Is   II    ,p"CJ
       ~J C   O. D   T P    '/
       —Ifc   sf =   I t    ./    _
                                                       •a
                                                       c
                                                       o
                                                       u
                                                       c
                                                       o
~5> o
• c
2 B
Q) (0

o S.
S a


5 >
* 	 L cc
LU
O
U
LU
DC
1 _J
1 ^
1—
O UJ
7 = s
/ E g
i — r s °



f?T~
in
ILLJ
S s cc
3 o cc
T *- LU
T) u.
1 (D "•
1 I
1 JC

r 1
1
VI < ,
3
O
cu
£

«T
•3
O



to

o
>,
•o

•o

-------
38
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
          UNLOADING   OPERATION
                                                             FIRING   SYSTEM
                        RECEIVING  BIN
      TRAILER  TRUCK  *
                                                                    TANGENTIALLY  FIRED  BOILER


     Figure  2. In the  St. Louis  project, the  shredded solid waste fuel is delivered to the powerplant, where it is fired
pneumatically into boilers as a supplement to coal.
                                  PRIMARY
                                 SHREDDER
                              AIR
                          CLASSIFIER
                                                                                      SECONDARY
                                                                                      SHREDDER
                                                                                            FINE SHRED
                                                                                             PYROLYSIS
                                                                                              REACTOR
                                                                                               PRODUCT
                                                                                               RECOVERY
                                                                                      FUEL
                                                                                    TO UTILITY
      Figure 3.  In the Garrett  "Flash Pyrolysis" process  being demonstrated in San Diego County, an oil-like liquid fuel is
 produced from solid waste. The fuel will be used by the San Diego Gas and Electric Company as a supplemental fuel in an existing
 oil-fired boiler. In addition to the fuel, ferrous metal and glass will be recovered.

-------
                         ENERGY RECOVERY FROM POST-CONSUMER SOLID WASTE
                                               39
More information  on  this EPA  demonstration  is
presented in the Appendix.
   The key element of the Union Carbide system is a
vertical  shaft furnace (Figure  4). Solid waste is fed
into the top of the furnace. Oxygen entering at the
base of  the furnace reacts with the char that is one of
the products ultimately formed from the solid waste.
This reaction generates a temperature high enough to
melt and fuse the ash, metal, and glass. This molten
substance drains  continuously  into a  water-filled
tank, where it solidifies as a hard granular material.
   The  hot  gases formed by reaction of the oxygen
and char rise up through the  column of solid waste
and pyrolyze it, transforming it to gas and char.  In
the  upper portion of the furnace, the hot gas also
dries the incoming solid waste. The gases  produced
from the pyrolyzed solid waste exit the furnace at a
temperature  of  about  200 F.  This  exhaust gas
contains considerable  water vapor, some oil mist, and
minor amounts of other  undesirable constituents,
which are removed in a gas-cleaning system.
   The resultant gas is a clean-burning fuel compara-
ble to natural gas in combustion characteristics, but
with a heating value of about 300 Btu per cubic foot,
or about 30 percent of the heating value of natural
gas.  It is essentially free of sulfur  compounds and
nitrogen  oxides and burns at approximately the same
temperature as natural gas. This gas can be substitu-
ted for natural  gas in an existing facility; the only
plant modification necessary would be enlargement
of the burner nozzle so that the volumetric flow rate
could be increased.
   One limitation on the use of this gas is the cost of
compressing  it for  storage  and  shipment. Since a
larger quantity of this gas  is required to  yield the
same  amount of energy as natural gas, compression
costs per million Btu will be three times greater for it
than for natural gas. Therefore  markets for the gas
should be  within  2 miles of the producing facility,
and only short-term storage can be contemplated.
   Methane Production. When solid waste decom-
poses in  an anaerobic  (oxygen-free)  environment,  it
                    REFUSE
                 FEED HOPPER
                 OXYGEN
        COMBUSTION _
           ZONE
                                FUEL GAS
                                PRODUCT
                                                                                        j
                                                                     GAS CLEANING
                                                                         SYSTEM
                                                                         RECYCLE
                                                                               WASTEWATER
                     WATER QUENCH
                                                                       GRANULAR
                                                                        RESIDUE
         Figure 4. The key element of the Union Carbide pyrolysis process is a vertical shaft furnace. The fuel gas produced
    has about 30 percent of the heating value of natural gas but is otherwise comparable in combustion characteristics.

-------
 40
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
 produces methane and carbon dioxide. Programs are
 currently underway to  recover the methane that  is
 produced by the natural decomposition of solid waste
 in a sanitary landfill and by the accelerated decom-
 position of solid waste in a mechanical digester.
   In the sanitary landfill recovery program, a well is
 drilled through the fill and lined with perforated pipe.
 The gases are pumped out of the fill,  and the carbon
 dioxide  is  removed  using  membrane filtration or
 cryogenic separation techniques. A study and evalua-
 tion of this process is being  conducted by the city of
 Mountain View,  California, with  funding  by  EPA.
 The NRG NuFuel Company is installing gas recovery
 systems  in  landfills operated by the  county of Los
 Angeles  and the city of Phoenix. Both of these sites
 possess very specific characteristics that are  necessary
 for the process to be feasible. Any potential site must
 be  examined to determine  whether  this process  is
 practicable for the specific location.
   The   U.S.  Energy  Research and  Development
 Administration  is supporting the construction of a
 50-  to  100-ton-per-day  pilot  plant  to   produce
 methane through  controlled anaerobic digestion of
 solid waste.
   Potential Markets.  Most  markets for  solid waste
 fuels will be either large utilities or industrial  users
 that could blend 10 to 30 percent (by heating value)
 solid waste  fuel with conventional  fuels and still use
 sufficient quantities of solid  waste fuels to justify the
 costs of special storage and firing facilities. Steam-
 electric powerplants, because of their large fuel needs
 and  proximity to urban  areas, represent an attractive
 market   opportunity for  solid waste fuels. Major
 industrial operations (such as cement plants, steel-
 mills, and papermills) and district heating and cooling
 plants also represent potential market outlets.
   Marketability.  Fuels  derived from municipal solid
 waste have different physical and chemical properties
 than  conventional  fuels  and  thus  have  different
 handling and combustion characteristics.  In order to
 analyze the potential  markets for these fuels, it is
 necessary to identify these characteristics and evalu-
 ate the  constraints they will place on using the fuel
 products.
   There are a number of general characteristics that
 determine the  marketability of fuels derived from
solid  waste  regardless of whether they are  solid,
                          liquid,  or  gaseous.  These  include heating  value,
                          quality,  and  quantity  of the  fuel  produced, plus
                          reliability of supply.
                             Solid fuels derived from solid waste are being used
                          currently as a supplement  to coal in suspension-fired
                          utility boilers. They are also being considered for use
                          in  conjunction  with oil-fired units and as a fuel
                          supplement  in  cement kilns.   Some  factors that
                          influence the marketability  of solid  fuels derived
                          from solid waste are particle size, ash content, and
                          moisture content.
                             Liquid  fuel produced  from  solid waste through
                          pyrolysis could be used as  a supplement to No. 6 fuel
                          oil  in large industrial or utility boilers. Some factors
                          that will influence its marketability include viscosity,
                          heating value per  unit of volume, chemical stability,
                          and special handling requirements.
                             Most gaseous fuels produced from solid waste have
                          a lower  heating value than natural  gas because they
                          contain significant  quantities of carbon dioxide and,
                          in some systems, nitrogen. The distance over which
                          they  can be economically transported is limited  by
                          the cost of compressing and pumping. As the energy
                          content per cubic foot decreases, transportation costs
                          become  increasingly significant in relation  to  the
                          market value of the gas.
                                    Steam Produced from Softd Waste
                             The  most important  properties  of steam  are
                          temperature and pressure.  Steam temperatures gener-
                          ally range from 250 F to 1,050 F, and pressures range
                          from 150 to 3,500 pounds per square inch (psi). The
                          strength of the materials used to construct the system
                          places limitations on temperature and pressure.  In
                          electric   powerplants   the  greatest   efficiency   is
                          achieved at the highest temperatures and pressures. In
                          steam  distribution systems, temperatures are kept as
                          low as possible to minimize heat loss in the delivery
                          system  and pressures are kept as low as possible to
                          reduce cost and minimize danger from bursting pipes.
                             In systems that use solid waste as the sole  or
                          primary fuel, the steam is usually produced at 600 psi
                          or less in order to minimize slagging and corrosion of
                          the boiler tubes. The steam can be processed further
                          in separate units to bring it to the pressure at which it
                          will be used.
                             Available  Systems.  Systems  available   for  the
                          generation of steam from  solid waste include  waste-

-------
                          ENERGY RECOVERY FROM POST-CONSUMER SOLID WASTE
                                                41
 heat boilers, waterwall incinerators,  and refuse-fired
 support boilers.
   Waste-Heat  Boilers. A waste-heat boiler package is
 one that  is placed in the flue (exhaust gas passage)
 following the  secondary combustion chamber of a
 conventional refractory-lined, mechanical grate incin-
 erator.  In addition to being used in many industrial
 processes, waste-heat boilers were used in the early
 design of heat recovery incinerators in this country.
 The poor operating characteristics of refractory-lined
 incinerators  have  made  this   approach  generally
 obsolete.
   A waste-heat boiler is employed quite effectively,
 however,  as part of the new pyrolysis system being
 operated in Baltimore with EPA demonstration grant
 support.7 The plant, designed by Monsanto, has the
 boiler  following a pyrolysis kiln (Figure  5). Heat
 cannot  be recovered from the kiln directly because it
 is used  to accomplish the pyrolysis of the solid waste.
 Once  the  pyrolysis  gases  are  formed,  they are
 combusted in a separate afterburner. The heat that is
 released is recovered as steam using a package-type,
 waste-heat boiler. The  system  will generate 200,000
 pounds per  hour of steam from processing 1,000 tons
 of solid waste per day. The steam will be transmitted
 by pipeline  three-fourths of a  mile  to  an existing
 distribution system that  is operated by  the local
 utility.  More information on this EPA demonstration
is presented in the Appendix.
  Waterwall  Incinerators. Waterwall furnaces have
almost entirely  replaced refractory-lined combustion
chambers in current incinerator design. In this type of
construction,  the furnace walls  consist of vertically
arranged metal  tubes joined side-to-side with metal
fins  (braces). Radiant energy from the burning of
solid waste is absorbed by water passing through the
tubes. Additional boiler packages, located in the flue,
control the conversion of this water to steam of a
specified temperature and pressure.
  This construction  is also  advantageous because it
acts  as  an  efficient  method  of  controlling  the
temperature  of  the  unit.  The  heat  released  by
combustion is transferred to  the water; consequently,
less air is needed to  keep the operating temperature
of the incinerator at an acceptably low level. This, in
turn,  reduces the  required  size  of the combustion
unit, and thus the capacity of its  air pollution control
equipment has to be only about 25 percent that of
equipment  for  an  air-cooled,  refractory  unit.  So
effective is  this  means of temperature  control that
waterwall construction has become standard even in
incinerators not designed for  energy recovery.
  In addition to the  plants in Nashville, Saugus, and
Braintree,  waterwall  incinerators  are  operating  in
Harrisburg,  Pennsylvania,  and Chicago.  The  steam
generated by the latter plants is not being sold.
                                                                 STEAM
                                                                                                     STACK
                                                                                                    RESIDUE
      RECEIVING
                                                                                WATER
                                                                              QUENCHING
                                MAGNET
                                  4
                                FERROUS
                                 METAL
      Figure 5. The Monsanto system  being demonstrated in Baltimore recovers steam with a waste-heat boiler following the
pyrolysis of municipal solid waste. The steam is to be used for downtown heating and cooling.

-------
42
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
   Solid-Waste-Fired Support Boilers. In Europe many
municipalities  combine  waterwall  solid-waste-fired
units with  separate  fossil-fuel-fired units  in  one
facility.  Steam from the  two  separate  units  is
integrated to drive one turbine generator system.
   One  reason this  concept  is  widely applied  in
Europe but not at all in this country is that many
European  municipal  governments,  unlike  most
American counterparts, are  responsible  not only for
solid waste  disposal but also for power generation,
distribution of steam for district heating, and the
operation  of  electrically  powered transportation
systems.

       Electricity Produced from Solid Waste
  The systems described  for  producing  fuel  and
steam can be extended to include power generation if
the revenue  produced from the sale of electricity is
                          sufficiently high to offset the additional costs of the
                          equipment   needed  to  produce  it.  Like  steam,
                          electricity  produced  from solid  waste  would  be
                          indistinguishable from electricity produced by any
                          conventional method.
                            The direct  generation of electricity  from  solid
                          waste  combustion is  being  explored  through  a
                          research  project funded by EPA. The Combustion
                          Power  Company   has  developed   a  completely
                          integrated   solid  waste  combustion  and  power
                          generation system  known as the CPU-400 (Figure 6).
                          A  100-ton-per-day pilot plant  is currently in the
                          development phase.
                            In this system,  incoming municipal solid waste is
                          shredded and  air classified to remove noncombusti-
                          bles. Metal and glass are separated for recovery. The
                          combustible fraction is pneumatically transported to
                          an intermediate storage facility and from there into a
                                  FLUID  BED
                                  COMBUSTOR  ls,
                                            / SEPARATOR
                                 CLASSIFIER

                                SOLID WASTE  PROCESSING
             GENERATOR
                           EXHAUST  DUCTS
      Figure 6. The CPU-400 pilot plant, developed by the Combustion Power Company and now in the development phase,
generates electricity from solid waste by means of a gas turbine.

-------
                          ENERGY RECOVERY FROM POST-CONSUMER SOLID WASTE
                                               43
 pressurized fluid  bed  combustor.  The  hot, high-
 pressure gases from the  combustor pass  through
 several  stages of air-cleaning equipment (separators)
 to remove particulates. The cleaned gases are passed
 through a gas turbine  that drives a 1,000-kiiowatt
 generator.  The pilot plant operates at only 45 pounds
 per square inch gauge (psig); commercial plants would
 operate at  pressures in excess of 100 psig.
   Performance  problems  have  caused  accelerated
 deterioration  of  the turbine blades and thus have
 slowed  the development of this process. The deterio-
 ration and other problems must be solved before this
 approach  becomes  a  technically and economically
 feasible system for energy recovery.
   Another electrical generation concept,  the burning
 of solid waste to generate steam to  drive an electric
 turbine,  has  been proposed in several communities,
 including Hempstead, New York; and Dade  County,
 Florida.
   Potential Market.  The major concern in marketing
 electricity  is  that it can be marketed only to  the
 electric utility serving the area because, within that
 service  area,   the utility  is generally exempt from
 competition.   The only exception to that  situation
 would be  a municipally owned  utility,  but only a
 small fraction of  the  nation's   electric  generating
 capacity falls in this category.
   The price that a utility will pay for electricity will
 depend upon whether it is used to satisfy base-load or
 peak-load demands. Peak-load electricity commands a
 much higher  price  than base-load, but it requires a
 much  higher  capital investment in equipment.  A
 municipality   would  need to  sell electricity on  a
 continuous basis  (i.e., as base-load)  in order  to
 maintain a continuous solid waste disposal operation
 at the lowest possible capital cost.
   A municipality considering the  sale of electricity to
 a utility could seek to  establish  a floating price for
 the electricity whereby the price would  rise as the
 demand on the utility increased. The price  would be a
 function of the incremental direct costs  the utility
 would incur in producing the additional electricity.

           Comparison of Energy Forms
  The key to marketing energy  from solid waste is
 producing a form of energy that can be sold and used
without  significant  inconvenience to the  user.  In
addition, the  energy should be storable and transpor-
table so that the solid waste facility can be built and
operated independently of the energy market.
   Steam and electricity satisfy the first objective but
neither can be stored, and steam can be transported
only very short distances.
   The waste-derived solid  and liquid  fuels can  be
transported and can even be stored for brief periods
of  time  (several days  to  several weeks). However,
both  fuels  require the user to install special storing
and firing facilities. In addition, the user must follow
special handling procedures to minimize problems  of
air pollution and corrosion.
   Waste-derived  gaseous fuels  are  less  likely  to
require special handling or need separate facilities for
storage and firing, but those currently being produced
cannot  economically  be compressed  for extended
storage and shipment. The  best of the gaseous fuels
cannot be shipped more than 2 miles.
        EVALUATION OF AVAILABILITY
                OF TECHNOLOGY
   Solid waste disposal systems must operate reliably
and with a minimum of technical risk. Furthermore,
the  system  must  operate without  degrading the
environment  and  at a  reasonable  cost.  Risk and
reliability are usually evaluated through examination
of existing, full-size systems in actual operation.
   Although no  energy recovery system is presently
risk-free, two  methods are commonly  considered
"commercially   available."  Other,  possibly better,
technologies are being developed and are projected  to
become commercially available throughout the 1977
to 1982 period.
            Technologies Now Available
   The technology that is now commercially available
includes  (1)  the generation of steam (for district
heating and cooling or for industrial processing) in a
waterwall incinerator fueled solely  by unprocessed
solid waste and (2) the use of prepared (shredded and
classified) solid waste as a supplement  to pulverized
coal in electric utility boilers. As noted earlier, there
are already many waterwall incinerators in the United
States.  The  use  of  prepared  solid  waste  as   a
supplementary  boiler fuel is being demonstrated  in
St. Louis and similar systems are being implemented
by communities across the country, including:  Chi-
cago; Bridgeport, Connecticut; Ames, Iowa; Wilming-
ton, Delaware (with EPA solid waste demonstration

-------
 44
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
grant support); Monroe County,  New York (Roches-
ter area); and Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
   These technologies  are defined  as commercially
available because  they have  been  demonstrated  in
large-scale  facilities and because private industry is
offering the systems for sale. While  there is little risk
of  technical failure for waterwall incinerators, their
long-term  reliability has not been  established.  Solid
waste has been used as  a supplement to coal or oil in
steam or steam-electric boilers in Europe for about 20
years.  However, the practice is relatively new in the
United  States  because most  of  our  steam-electric
boilers, unlike European boilers,  fire fuels in suspen-
sion, and therefore the  solid waste must be processed
before  it is fired  as a  supplementary fuel  into the
boiler.  The St. Louis project  has provided the only
experience  with this technology thus far. Until more
systems are actually built and operated, there will
continue  to   be   some  risk  associated with  their
implementation. (See Chapter  6 for a discussion  of
the constraints  to implementation  of resource re-
covery systems.)

            Technologies in Development
   Other, possibly  superior, technologies are  being
developed.  Pyrolysis, which converts solid waste into
gaseous or  liquid  fuels, is being demonstrated with
EPA  solid  waste   demonstration  grant support  in
Baltimore   and  San  Diego  County,  and  without
Federal support in South  Charleston, West  Virginia.
These  systems  are  expected to become fully opera-
tional during the 1977 to 1980  period.
                              In   addition,  the  production   of methane gas
                           through controlled biological decomposition (anaero-
                           bic digestion) of solid waste is about to be performed
                           at  pilot-plant scale. Commercial implementation of
                           this technology is projected to begin in the 1980 to
                           1982 period.

                                             REFERENCES

                           1.  Levy, S. J. Markets and technology for recovering energy
                                         from solid waste. Environmental Protection
                                         Publication SW-130. Washington, U.S. En-
                                         vironmental Protection Agency, 1974. 31 p.
                           2.  Lowe, R.  A. Energy recovery from waste; solid waste as
                                         supplementary fuel in power  plant boilers.
                                         Environmental   Protection   Publication
                                         SW-36d.ii. Washington, U.S. Government
                                         Printing Office, 1973. 24 p.
                           3.  Sutterfield,  G. W. Refuse as  a  supplementary fuel for
                                         power   plants;  November  1973  through
                                         March  1974; interim progress report. Envi-
                                         ronmental   Protection   Publication  SW-
                                         36d.iii.  [Washington],  U.S. Environmental
                                         Protection Agency, July 1974. 25 p.
                           4.  Shannon, L. J., et al. St. Louis/Union Electric refuse firing
                                         demonstration air  pollution test  report.
                                         Washington,  U.S. Environmental Protection
                                         Agency, 1974. 107 p.
                           5.  Levy, S. J. Pyrolysis of municipal solid waste. Waste Age,
                                         5(7):14-15, 17-20, Oct. 1974.
                           6.  Levy, S. J.  San Diego County demonstrates pyrolysis of
                                         solid waste to recover liquid fuel, metals,
                                         and glass. Environmental Protection Publica-
                                         tion SW-80d.2. Washington,  U.S. Govern-
                                         ment Printing Office, 1975. 27 p.
                           7.  Sussman,  D. B.  Baltimore  demonstrates  gas  pyrolysis;
                                         resource recovery from solid waste. Environ-
                                         mental  Protection  Publication  SW-75d.i.
                                         Washington,   U.S.  Governmental  Printing
                                         Office, 1975. 24 p.

-------
                                           Chapter 4
                                MATERIALS RECOVERY
   The  materials in municipal solid waste offer a
significant potential for recovery  and could contrib-
ute  substantially  to  the  material  needs  of this
country. The Second Report  to  Congress discussed
the fraction of total domestic consumption of various
materials that could be supplied from municipal solid
waste.'  That report also discussed opportunities and
constraints in  recycling the waste components that
are the prime candidates for recovery. These compo-
nents together  constitute 50  percent of  the  waste
stream and include: paper (32.8 percent), steel (8.2
percent),  glass  (9.8 percent),  and  aluminum (0.7
percent) (Table 1).
   This  chapter  discusses  technical and  economic
factors affecting  extraction, reprocessing,  and reuse
of these materials, with the major focus on develop-
ments over the past year.

               PAPER RECOVERY
                   Background
   Generation and Recovery.   In  1973,  44.2 million
tons of paper entered the solid waste stream and were
disposed of, up sharply from 39 million tons in 1971
(Figure  7). This was 72 percent of the 61.4 million
tons of  paper and board (excluding the construction
grades) consumed in the United States that year. The
remaining 28 percent was either  scrap generated in
converting  bulk  paper  and  board  into  finished
products (6 million tons),  paper diverted from  the
solid  waste stream  such as  tissue  paper and  file
records (2 million tons), or paper  recovered from the
municipal waste stream (8.7 million tons).*
      *Based on data published in: Statistics of Paper and
Paperboard, 1974. New York, American Paper Institute, July
1974. 70 p. Estimates of the fractions generated as industrial
scrap, delayed or diverted, and recovered from municipal
waste are from: Smith, F.L., Jr. A Solid Waste Estimation
Procedure; Material Flows Approach. Environmental Protec-
tion Publication SW-147. [Washington], U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, May 1975. 56 p.
   In total, 14 million tons of paper were recycled in
1973. Added to the 8.7 million tons recovered from
post-consumer  municipal  solid waste  was about 5
million  tons  of wastepaper  recovered  from  the 6
million tons generated in industrial converting opera-
tions. The recovery  rate for  industrial converting
operations was  thus over  80  percent,  but the
post-consumer recovery rate  was  only 16.4 percent,
which was nevertheless a slight increase over the 15.9
percent rate attained in 1971.
   The traditional index used to  measure the extent
of  wastepaper  use  is  the  ratio  of  wastepaper
consumed domestically to total  domestic consump-
tion of paper and board-this is the "recycling rate."
In 1973, the rate was 20.6 percent. There has been a
steady decline in the recycling rate from the high of
over 35 percent in  1944 (before that the rate had
trended  upward) to a low of 18.2  percent in  1972
(Table 24). For  the last several years,  however, the
rate  has  ceased  to  decline,  and preliminary  1973
statistics show a slight increase over 1972.
   Recovery  Potential.  There   were  44.2 million
tons  of  paper  disposed of  as post-consumer  solid
waste in  1973. In evaluating the potential for further
recovery, it is useful to examine the product structure
of this paper that is not now being recovered (Table
25). The 44.2  million tons  were  composed  of 8
million tons of newspapers, almost 12 million tons of
corrugated containers, slightly less than 10 million
tons of printing and writing papers, and almost 15
million tons of packaging or other grades.
   The first three  product  groups  are  the primary
categories for additional recovery because of  their
degree of concentration  at  the point of generation
and the relative  ease  of separating them from other
wastes. The estimated potential for recovery through
source separation would indicate that, from a supply
standpoint, it  would be  possible to double present
                                                  45

-------
46
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
       PAPERMILL
                           61 4
                                              1 2 TO  DISPOSAL
                                        CONVERTER
                         51  RECYCLED
                                                             55 '
                                                                                 22  DIVERTED  OR DELAYED
                                                                        FINAL CONSUMER
                                                                                          442  TO DISPOSAL
                                                                                 87 RECYCLED
                                           (IN  MILLIONS OF  TONS)
      Figure 7. This shows the flow of paper from the mills through to disposal, estimated for 1973. Based on statistics compiled
by the American Paper Institute as reported in Statistics of Paper and Paperboard, 1974. New York, American Paper Institute, July
1974. 70 p.
quantities of paper recovered without relying on new
technology  (Table 25).  The market developments
that would be required  to consume this additional
fiber are discussed later in this chapter.
   Use of Wasrepaper.  The major portion of waste-
paper consumption is in the domestic paper industry.
Those paper or board mills consuming wastepaper can
be divided into two types: the "dedicated" mill that
relies on wastepaper for all or most of its fiber input,
and the "supplemental-use" mill that uses wastepaper
as a small fraction of its overall fiber furnish. For
recycling to increase, either mills now using little
wastepaper must increase their wastepaper consump-
tion or new mills must be  built that consume more
secondary fiber than the mills now operating. That is,
recycling can expand only if the industry intensifies
its use of secondary fiber, either by changing existing
operating practices or by  investing in new secondary
fiber mills.
   The  manufacture  of tissue, recycled board, and
construction paper and board consumes  the major
part of  the  wastepaper that is recycled, while very
little goes into unbleached kraft packaging paper and
kraft  board (Table  26).  High-grade wastepaper is
consumed largely in the printing and writing or tissue
categories.  The  bulk  grades-news, corrugated, and
mixed paper-are consumed mostly  in the recycled
                          board  category.  Another  important  market  for
                          corrugated is the production of semichemical corru-
                          gating  medium.  Corrugated wastepaper  makes  up
                          about 20 percent of the fiber used in this sector. A
                          market  of increasing  importance for  old news  is
                          newsprint  manufacture. Both old news and  mixed
                          paper  are  consumed  in  large  quantities  in  the
                          construction paper and board industries.

                              Changes in Paper Recycling in 1973 and 1974
                             Domestic   Demand.   Domestic wastepaper con-
                          sumption increased by 9  percent or just  under 1
                          million tons in 1973, according to statistics compiled
                          by the  American  Paper  Institute;  the Bureau of
                          Census estimates are slightly less (Table 27). This was
                          the largest year-to-year percentage increase in many
                          years. The largest  increase by grade  was for old
                          corrugated containers—nearly 12 percent. Increases in
                          other grades  were  more moderate.  The pattern of
                          increases by  grade is consistent  with  that of the past
                          several years, as Table 27 shows.
                             To place these increases in context, it is necessary
                           to consider also  the availability (potential supply) of
                           each wastepaper grade. For example,  although  the
                           recovered  tonnages of news  and corrugated have
                           increased significantly, their respective recovery rates
                           increased only slightly because  of increased produc-

-------
                                          MATERIALS RECOVERY
                                               47
                                                 TABLE 24
                              DOMESTIC PAPER RECYCLING RATE: 1944 TO 1973
Year
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
Total paper
consumption
(1,000 tons)
19,445
19,665
22,510
24,749
26,083
24,695
29,012
30,561
29,017
31,360
31,379
34,719
36,495
35,270
35,119
38,725
39,138
40,312
42,216
43,715
46,385
49,102
52,680
51,944
55,664
58,915
57,940
59,557
64,386
67,240
Wastepaper consumption
(1,000 tons)
Census data* Industry datat
6,859
6,800
7,278
8,009
7,585
6,600
7,956
9,070
7,881
8,531
7,857
9,041
8,836
8,493
8,671
9,414
9,031
9,018
9,075
9,613
9,843
10,231
10,564
9,888
10,222
10,939 11,969
10,594 11,800
11,000 12,100
11,703 12,915
12,374 13,880
Recycling rate based on—
Census data
35.3
34.6
32.3
32.4
29.1
26.7
27.4
29.7
27.2
27.2
25.0
26.0
24.2
24.1
24.7
24.3
23.1
22.4
21.5
22.0
21.2
20.8
20.1
19.0
18.4
18.6
18.3
18.5
18.2
18.4
Industry data

























20.3
20.4
20.3
20.1
20.6
      *U.S. Bureau of the Census. Pulp, paper, and board: 1973. Current Industrial Reports Series M26A(73)-13. Washington, U.S.
Department of Commerce, 1975. 21 p.
      tAmerican Paper Institute, Statistics of paper and paperboard, 1974.
tion  and  the  resulting  increase  in  discards. The
recovery rate of  news  has gone  from about 19.8
percent to 20.6 percent over the period  1968-73,
based  on  Bureau  of  the  Census  statistics. The
recovery rate of corrugated has increased from 25.0
to  26.3  percent over  the  same  period. Thus, the
increased recycled tonnage achieved in 1973 did not
substantially increase the recycling rate.
   Indeed,  the  amount of  paper  entering  the solid
waste stream has  increased steadily  each year. For
example,  although  corrugated recovery  increased
from  3.3 million tons in 1968 to 4.5 million tons in
1973,  total  consumption  of corrugated  products
increased by over 5 million tons in the same period.
As  long as product consumption increases in  this
manner, recycled tonnages must increase rapidly in
order to hold  the recycling rate  constant. Yet the
recycling rate must increase if solid waste generation
is to  be held constant. As an  illustration, the 1973
recycling rates  for  corrugated would  have had to
surpass  the  1967  rate  by  50  percent  to keep
corrugated  wastes generation constant. The wastepa-

-------
48
                                 RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                  TABLE 25
                           POTENTIAL FOR ADDITIONAL RECOVERY OF PAPER FROM
           POST-CONSUMER SOLID WASTE THROUGH SOURCE SEPARATION, BY TYPE OF PAPER, 1973*
                                               (In millions of tons)

Category of
wastepaper
Newspaper
Corrugated
Printing/writing
Packaging and other
Total


Total
8.0
11.8
9.7
14.7
44.2
Paper disposed of

Urban areas
6.2
9.2
7.6
11.5
34.5


Percent
55-65
55-65
30-40
5-10

Potential recovery

Amount
3.4-4.0
5.1-6.0
2.3-3.0
.6-1.2
11.4-14.2
      *The estimates in this table are based on statistics published by the American Paper Institute in their annual publication
Statistics of Paper and Paperboard, 1974. The methodology employed is described in: Smith, F. L., Jr. A Solid Waste Estimation
Procedure; Material Flows Approach. Environmental Protection Publication SW-147. [Washington], U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, May 1975. 56 p.
                                                   TABLE 26
                       END USES FOR WASTEPAPER, BY GRADE OF WASTEPAPER USED, 1973*
                                               (In thousands of tons)
                                                                                 Grades of paper stock
End product
Total paper:
Newsprint
Printing, writing, and related
Unbleached kraft pkg., industrial converting,
special industrial, and other
Tissue
Total paper board:
Unbleached kraft and solid bleached
Semi chemical
Recycled
Total
U.S.
production
26,750
3,430
13,500

5,840
3,980
29,570
17,430
4,260
7,880
Total
wastepaper
consumption
2,870
490
938

263
1,179
9,858
449
849
8,560
Mixed
paper
317
17
44

47
98
2,136
50
77
2,009
News-
paper
594
482
-

14
98
1,657
1
19
1,637
Corru-
gated
140
-
-

15
125
4,916
355
747
3,814
Pulp substitutes
and high-grade
deinked
1,938
-
893

187
858
1,151
44
7
1,100
 Construction paper and board, molded
    pulp, and other
                                             5,700
1,591
                                                                      919
                                                                               327
                                                                                         235
                                                                                                       109
Total
Percent distribution
62,020 14,439
100.0
3,371 2,578
23.5 17.2
5,292
37.0
3,199
22.3
       *Caparity 1973-1976, with additional data for 1977-1979; paper, paperboard, woodpulp, fiber consumption. New York,
 American Paper Institute, 1974. 25 p.

-------
                                           MATERIALS RECOVERY
                                                                                                        49
                                                TABLE 27
                         DOMESTIC WASTEPAPER CONSUMPTION BY GRADE, 1968-73
                                            (In thousands of tons)
Year
1968

1969

1970

1971

1972

1973

Data
source
Census*
Industry t
Census
Industry
Census
Industry
Census
Industry
Census
Industry
Census
Industry
Total
10,222
-
10,590
-
10,594
12,021
11,000
12,323
11,703
13,132
12,374
14,439
Mixed
3,130
-
3,196
-
3,140
2,639
3,237
2,776
3,393
3,054
3,554
3,371
News
1,995
-
2,118
-
2,073
2,235
2,040
2,174
2,118
2,317
2,299
2,578
Corrugated
3,254
-
3,448
-
3,511
4,080
3,796
4,277
4,244
4,722
4,454
5,292
High
grades
1,843
-
1,829
-
1,870
3,067
1,927
3,097
1,949
3,037
2,066
3,199
     *U.S. Bureau of the Census. Pulp, paper, and board. Current Industrial Reports Series M26A, [Section] 13. Washington, U.S.
Department of Commerce, 1969-1974.
     tThe American Paper Institute's series Capacity. . . Paper, Paper-board, Woodpuip, Fiber Consumption for 1970 to 1973.
per market expansion that would be necessary for
this did not occur.
   Thus, the increased tonnages of recycled wastepa-
per in 1973  cannot be viewed with great optimism.
Indeed, the markets for all paper grades have changed
little  over the last 4 years-the use patterns  shown
in Table 26 have remained essentially the same since
these data were first collected in 1969. Although the
total  tonnage of secondary fiber used has grown, total
paper and board production has also increased. As a
result, the amount  of wastepaper used per  ton of
paper produced has changed little.
   Unfortunately the increased wastepaper demand
of  1973 and early  1974 reversed in  mid-1974 and
decreased  steadily.  By  the last  quarter  of 1974
monthly wastepaper consumption was  well  below
comparable periods of  a year earlier.  Preliminary
unofficial data suggested that,  for 1974 as a  whole,
wastepaper consumption declined  slightly in absolute
tonnage from 1973.
   Foreign Demand  in 1973.2   Exports historically
have  represented a small proportion  of total waste-
paper recovery in  this  country  (Table  28).  The
percentage has increased from  less than  2 percent in
the early  fifties to 5.2 percent  in  1973, but the
pattern has been erratic.  In 1973, wastepaper exports
increased by 65 percent after remaining essentially
unchanged for the previous 3 years. This increase in
exports accounted for about 20 percent of the total
U.S. wastepaper recovery increase m 1973.
   The impact of  exports on domestic markets varies
widely by region.  By far the greatest impact of 1973
export increases occurred on the West Coast, where
increased  consumption by  Asian  countries  sent
export volume soaring. Seventy-four percent of the
increased exports in 1973  occurred from the West
Coast. Export increases in  other regions were  rela-
tively  minor by comparison. The regional importance
of  such  export  increases  can be demonstrated  by
expressing regional exports as  a percent of total
regional  wastepaper  recovery (Figure  8).  Exports
were 16  percent  of the total recovery on the West
Coast  in 1973 while in other regions they constituted
only a small portion of total recovery.
   In 1974 exports at first expanded rapidly and by
midyear were  double the amount for the correspond-
ing period of 1973. However, in the latter half of the
year, particularly  the last quarter, exports dropped
significantly. For the whole year exports totaled 1.3
million tons, 91 percent above 1973.
   The future of exports is  very  difficult to predict;
nonetheless, the increases of the past several years
suggest that they  may provide an expanding market
for U.S. wastepaper.

-------
50
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                    TABLE 28
      DOMESTIC CONSUMPTION AND EXPORTS
             OF WASTEPAPER, 1950-73
                (In thousands of tons)
Year
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
Exports*
120
206
142
114
126
167
190
131
107
128
153
215
209
230
272
292
246
262
253
289
408
418
413
683
Domestic
consumption t
7,596
9,070
7,881
8,531
7,857
9,041
8,836
8,493
8,671
9,414
9,032
9,018
9,075
9,613
9,843
10,231
10,564
9,888
10,222
10,939
10,594
11,000
11,703
12,374
Total
recovery if
7,716
9,276
8,023
8,645
7,983
9,208
9,026
8,624
8,778
9,542
9,185
9,233
9,284
9,843
10,115
10,523
10,810
10,150
10,475
11,228
11,002
11,418
12,116
13,057
Exports as
percent of
recovery
1.6
2.2
1.8
1.3
1.6
1.8
2.1
1.5
1.2
1.3
1.7
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.7
2.8
2.3
2.6
2.4
2.6
3.7
3.7
3.4
5.2
      *U.S. Bureau of the Census. U.S. exports—domestic
merchandise;  (series)  EM-522,  sect.  2 (schedule B sect.).
(Distributed by  National Technical  Information Service,
Springfield, Va.)
      tStatistics of  paper.  New York, American  Paper
Institute,  1964. 106 p. Statistics  of paper and paperboard.
New York, American Paper Institute, 1973. 70 p.
      ^Preliminary  Department  of  Commerce  estimate,
adjusted  by  EPA  to reflect  normal  difference between
preliminary and adjusted Commerce estimates.
   Wastepaper Supply Changes in  1973.   The waste-
paper supply system exhibited severe fluctuations in
1973 as wastepaper  exports increased dramatically,
domestic  use  increased steadily, and alternate  fiber
sources,  particularly market  pulp, became  scarce.
Inventories  of  wastepaper decreased as firms faced
increasingly tight supply markets; some mills  even
faced periodic production losses. These factors led to
a very rapid rise in wastepaper prices to the  highest
levels since the Korean War (Figure 9).
                             This situation  was  viewed  as  a  crisis  in the
                          industry.  Considerable doubt was  expressed as to
                          whether the supply system could meet this increased
                          demand.  Extreme  measures,  such  as  curtailing ex-
                          ports, were advanced as short-term solutions to what
                          was viewed as a failure of the supply system.
                             In retrospect, the response of the supply system to
                          these price increases was very encouraging, especially
                          when one  considers  the inevitable  lag in expanding
                          wastepaper  supply  that  results from the need to
                          arrange new collection agreements with waste genera-
                          tors  and to add equipment to haul  and process such
                          material.
                             In  Figure  9,  the rise  of wastepaper prices in
                          1973-74 indicates  that  demand grew more  rapidly
                          than  supply in this period. However,  supply  appears
                          to have expanded rapidly in  response to these price
                          signals.  Declining wastepaper inventories  were stabil-
                          ized by the fall  of  1973 and, within the next few
                          months,  rose to all-time  highs.* This buildup was
                          achieved despite increased demand from both domes-
                          tic and export markets throughout the period and
                          suggests a  robust supply system. Prices  soon stabil-
                          ized,  and then declined, apparently  because inven-
                          tories were replenished  and  supply again exceeded
                          demand.
                             The major factor  behind the sharpness of  the rise
                          and  fall of  wastepaper prices, however,  was  not the
                          activity of wastepaper suppliers  but rather the entry
                          into and  exit from  the U.S. wastepaper market by
                          domestic and  foreign buyers who are generally not in
                          that market. Their entry was a short-term response to
                          the inadequate supply of virgin  pulp in the 1973-74
                          period; wastepaper  was their fiber of last resort.
                             The decreased wastepaper demand of the  latter
                          half of 1974,  coupled with  an overcharged supply
                          system, caused wastepaper prices to  fall to one-half to
                          one-fourth those  of early 1974,  and once again made
                          wastepaper  recovery  uneconomical  for many poten-
                          tial supply sources.
                             EPA thus believes that paper recycling is limited
                          by demand rather  than supply. There is plenty of
                          wastepaper  available  for recovery whenever a stable
                                *National wastepaper inventories are reported in the
                          Monthly Statistical  Summary  from the American Paper
                          Institute in New York.

-------
                                            MATERIALS RECOVERY
                                                                                                        51
      Figure 8.  Wastepaper exports as a percent  of total
wastepaper  recovery in 1973 are shown for the different
sections of the country. The West Coast shows the greatest
impact due to increasing consumption by Asian countries.
Source:  EPA calculations based on data in: U.S. Bureau of
the Census.  U.S. exports—domestic  merchandise; (series)
EM-522, sect. 2.  (Distributed by National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Va.) and Capacity 1972-1975 with
additional  data  for  1976-1978; paper, paperboard, wood
pulp,  fiber  consumption.  New  York,  American Paper
Institute, 1973. 25 p.
market can be guaranteed.  The problem is that the
market expansion that would be necessary to provide
such guarantees has not occurred.
  Projections of Domestic Wastepaper Consumption
   The future course of domestic wastepaper use is
unclear. A  positive sign is that  manufacture  of
linerboard,  a traditionally  virgin fiber product, is
projected to use increasing quantities  of old corru-
gated as a fiber supplement through  1977. Use in this
sector in 1973 increased by approximately 40 percent
over 1972, a rate exceeding the expected growth in
overall  corrugated board production.3 Another posi-
tive sign for use of old corrugated is that the capacity
to produce combination medium, a  grade within the
recycled board category,  is  projected to increase by
almost the same tonnage as the capacity to produce
virgin medium  over  the next  4 years.  This  is  a
dramatic improvement over prior years during which
virgin  mills  accounted  for almost all growth  in
medium capacity. Capacity growth is also anticipated
for mills producing  newsprint from old newspapers.
   There are also less favorable indications. Waste-
paper use per ton of output in the construction paper
and  board sector is declining,  apparently because
construction  paper-a large  wastepaper consumer-is
showing little  growth in comparison  with construc-
tion and insulation board-products using little or no
wastepaper.  This problem  is  exacerbated by  the
general slump  in construction activity at the present
time.
   Capacity  to produce combination folding box-
board,  another  grade  within the recycled  board
category and one of the major markets for secondary
fiber,  is projected to  grow  more slowly than the
capacity for producing virgin folding boxboard. This
is a continuation of a  trend  of the  past  10 years.
Virgin  boxboard  production  increased  50 percent
from 1960 to  1973.  In  that period, combination
boxboard production increased by only 3 percent.
   These positive and  negative indications  together
give a mixed view of  the future. In the  past,  the
failure of traditional  markets to expand and of new
markets to  emerge has meant that the recycling rate
would decline or, at best, remain constant.  The level
of wastepaper use projected in 1973 by the American
Paper  Institute in their annual capacity  survey was
encouraging. They estimated year-to-year increases as
follows: 5.5 percent in 1974, 6.6 percent in  1975,
and 6.4  percent  in  1976;   Table  29  shows  the
projected wastepaper usage by  grade. However,  as
noted earlier, the preliminary data for 1974 indicate a
slight  decline  in wastepaper  consumption. And if
total paper and board  production expand  as antici-
pated, 6-percent annual increases in wastepaper use,
should they be realized, would improve the recycling
rate only slightly, and the quantity of paper in solid
wastes would continue to grow.
                   ConcJusions
   The  history of wastepaper markets prior to 1973
offered little hope for increased recycling. Thus, as
reported in  the Second Report  to Congress,  EPA
evaluated several subsidies that might be employed to
expand wastepaper  demand.  At  the time of  the
writing of  the Second Report-fall  of  1973-the
market expansion of  1973-74 was well underway and
it  appeared possible  that  the  paper industry  might
have shifted permanently  to more intensive use of
wastepaper. In retrospect, it appears that few, if any,
basic changes  have yet occurred  in the  industry.
Despite selective encouraging signs in some areas of
wastepaper  use, the  overall  market is   still small
relative to  the potential supply. As a result, millions

-------
52
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
350--
300--
 50
    1950
                        1955
              1960                 1965

                 (1967= 100)
                                                                                     1970
                                                                                                     1974
      Figure 9. The wastepaper wholesale price index for 1950-74 shows a jump in price during 1973 and early 1974 to a level
unprecedented since the time of the Korean War, followed by a steep drop in the latter part of 1974 because of decreased demand
coupled with high inventories. Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor  Statistics. Wholesale prices and price indexes. (Code 09-12:
Wastepaper.)
                    TABLE 29
 1973 PROJECTIONS OF WASTEPAPER CONSUMPTION
              IN 1973-77, BY GRADE*
                (In thousands of tons)
Wastepaper grades

Year
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
Mixed
papers
3,371
3,522
3,588
3,739
3,687
News-
papers
2,456
2,504
2,617
2,711
2,754
Corru-
gated
5,292
5,796
6,447
7,095
7,308
Pulp substitutes and
high-grade deinked
3,199
3,281
3,449
3,569
3,746
      *American  Paper  Institute,  Capacity
p. 20-21, 1973.
          1972-1975,
of additional tons of wastepaper will enter the solid
waste stream each year for the foreseeable future.
   The  most  appropriate  form of Federal policy
intervention to improve this situation has  not been
determined. The costs of  each alternative, whether
financial incentives,  product charges, regulations, or
even  Federal  example-setting,  must   be   weighed
against  the benefits of greater  recycling  of paper.
These alternatives will be evaluated over the coming
year.
       GROWTH OF SOURCE SEPARATION
             FOR PAPER RECOVERY
   Source separation is the setting aside  of recyclable
waste materials at their point of generation by the
generator. Separation is followed by the transporting

-------
                                          MATERIALS RECOVERY-
                                               53
of these materials to a secondary materials dealer or
directly  to  a manufacturer. Transportation is pro-
vided  either by  the generator,  by  city  collection
vehicles, by private haulers and scrap dealers,  or by
voluntary recycling or service organizations.
   Wastepaper has flowed  back into  the production
cycle through source separation for decades. Charita-
ble,  service,  and  religious  organizations have long
been active in this area. In recent years  they have
been joined by thousands of recycling centers across
the  country. In the last 2 years, separate collection
of news and mixed paper  from homes,  corrugated
containers from commercial and industrial establish-
ments,  and  high-grade  papers from  offices  has
increased dramatically.
          Separate Newspaper Collection
   Separate  newspaper  collection is  the curbside
collection of used newspapers  on a regular basis by
municipal or private waste collectors.  Newspapers are
kept separate from other waste in  the  household,
bundled and tied, placed at the  curb,  and collected
regularly like other solid wastes. In September 1974,
there  were  134  such  programs  in  the  country,
according to an EPA telephone survey. The growth in
number of programs was as follows:
Year
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
Number
2
6
12
37
93
134
Of  the  134  programs,  55  percent  utilized  city
collection forces and 45 percent were conducted by
private contractors.
   Two methods are presently  used to collect the
newspaper. In the first, separate trucks are dispatched
to pick up newspaper only. They are usually regular
compaction trucks, but open-bodied trucks can also
be used. Of the existing programs, 85 percent employ
this  method;  approximately  half  of  these collect
paper weekly,  with  the remainder equally divided
between biweekly and monthly collections.
   In the second  method, metal compartments to
store the newspaper are installed beneath the bodies
of standard collection  trucks.  The newspaper and
 other refuse are collected simultaneously. This is the
 so-called  "piggyback"  or rack method of separate
 collection.
   The success  of  separate  newspaper  collection
 programs depends heavily on four factors:
   (1) Available  markets.  Markets must be available
 within a reasonable distance. They should be investi-
 gated in advance and assured by contract (39 percent
 of the participating  communities have  such con-
 tracts).
   (2) Publicity  campaign. Whether the program is
 mandatory or voluntary, citizen cooperation must be
 thoroughly solicited by  making  sure that citizens
 know of the program's existence and purpose and the
 exact  nature of their  requested  participation. This
 requires an active publicity campaign.
   (3) Planning.  The changes in the existing collec-
 tion  procedures  that  will  be required  must  be
 properly  planned and  carried out, including  provi-
 sions for handling the newspaper after it is collected.
   (4) Antiscavenger ordinance. A special ordinance
 may have  to be  drafted to prevent any party other
 than  the   municipal collection  crew (or contracted
 private hauler) from picking  up old newspapers when
 placed at  the curb (about half the cities have such an
 ordinance).
   Another key to success is the extent to which the
 program can be  carried out  with  existing  labor and
 equipment.  At  first  glance,  it  would  seem  that
 additional  equipment  and  personnel  would   be
 needed.   However,  of  the  cities  now  practicing
 separate collection,  EPA knows of only three that
 have purchased new trucks for the program.  Very few
 new employees have been hired because of separate
 collection, although the length  of time spent on the
 collection  routes by present  employees has generally
 increased.  In other words,  most  cities  practicing
 separate collection have found underutilized equip-
 ment and  labor to carry  out the  program  and have
 thus increased the productivity  of existing labor and
 equipment.
   The  equipment  and   labor costs  of   separate
 newspaper collection must be  balanced against  the
 proceeds  from the  sale of  the newspaper  and  the
 savings in disposal costs.
   Generalizations about costs or savings are difficult
because of  the city-to-city variation in the market

-------
 54
    RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
price for  old newspapers,  disposal  costs,  type  of
collection used before and after initiation of separate
collection, and other factors. Each community must
estimate the  economics under the conditions that
exist in that community.
   By  the  end of 1973,  mills in many parts  of the
country were paying $50 to $60 per ton for baled
newspaper. Discussions with municipal officials indi-
cated that most municipalities were receiving  $20 to
$40, with an average of $32, from wastepaper  dealers
for loose newspaper. In the last half of 1974 and first
quarter of 1975,  paper prices declined. Buying prices
of mills averaged near $15 per ton in December 1974.
For the most part, industry has tried to  maintain
prices  that allow city programs to  break  even,  in
order to keep  this supply source viable.
   Recent EPA case studies have examined the effect
of separate collection (using separate trucks) and sale
of newspaper  on  the collection  costs of 10 communi-
ties.4-5 (Table 30).  In both the  "before" and "after"
cases, collection  and  disposal  costs  varied widely.
However, the study results suggest an encouraging
                              economic picture for separate news collection. When
                              communities were averaging $25 per ton for newspa-
                              pers, they were able to reduce their total collection
                              and disposal costs by  about 5 percent. Even when
                              paper revenues were a  low $8 per ton, the  costs for
                              the study communities, on the average, increased by
                              only about 1.5 percent.
                                 The  participation rate-the percentage of house-
                              holds  setting  out  their  newspapers  separated  as
                              requested-has an  important  bearing  on system
                              economics.  It is  of prime importance that  as many
                              householders  cooperate  as possible.  Participation
                              rates rise over time with a good publicity campaign.
                              There are  indications that participation  rates in an
                              ongoing program  will  rise  above 50 percent  on  a
                              purely voluntary basis. This is probably due in part to
                              the desire of many citizens to contribute  to environ-
                              mental   improvement.   Furthermore   very  little
                              extra effort  is required to separate newspapers. An
                              EPA study shows  that only about 2.3 minutes per
                              week of the householder's time is needed for extra
                              handling of the newspapers.4'5
                                                 TABLE 30
            IMPACT OF SEPARATE NEWSPAPER COLLECTION ON OVERALL RESIDENTIAL SOLID WASTE
                        MANAGEMENT COSTS IN 10 CITIES (SEPARATE TRUCK METHOD)*

                                                                       Collection and disposal cost
                                                                      per ton after implementation
                                                                         of separate collectiont
  Case study
   location
Collection and disposal
 cost per ton prior to
  separate collection
 Low wastepaper
      price
(average $8 per ton)
  High wastepaper
      price
(average $25 per ton)
                                                         Cost
                                          % change
                                                                                        Cost
                                           % change
Dallas, Texas
Ft. Worth, Texas
Great Neck, N.Y.
Green Bay, Wis.
Greenbelt, Md.
Marblehead, Mass.
Newton, Mass.
University Park, Texas
Villa Park, HI.
West Hartford, Conn.
$12.10
13.50
36.00
38.70
27.20
23.10
32.40
14.70
13.50
26.30
$11.60
14.10
38.70
37.70
27.40
25.30
32.20
14.90
13.40
26.50
-4.1
+4.4
+7.5
-2.6
+0.7
+9.5
-0.6
+1.4
-0.8
+0.8
$ 9.30
11.80
36.50
37.10
26.30
24.10
31.60
13.10
12.40
25.20
-23.1
-12.6
+1.4
-4.1
-3.3
+4.3
-2.5
-10.9
-8.1
-5.7
      *SCS  Engineers,  Inc. Analysis of  source separate collection of recyclable solid waste; separate collection studies.
Environmental Protection Publication SW-95c.l. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1974. 157 p. (Distributed by National
Technical Information Service, Springfield, Va., as PB-239 775.)
      tCredit given for diverted disposal costs and revenue generated from the sale of separately collected wastepaper.

-------
                                          MATERIALS RECOVERY
                                               55
       Source Separation of Corrugated Paper
   In contrast to newspapers, which are discarded
primarily from residences, used corrugated containers
are discarded  primarily from commercial and indus-
trial sources. Recovery from these sources has been
practiced  for  many years  and has been carried out
primarily  by wastepaper dealers rather  than through
volunteer  channels.  Some supermarkets and other
commercial and industrial  generators have separated
and  baled  their corrugated containers, but waste
haulers have also obtained  large quantities in the past
through hand separation of corrugated paper from
other waste at disposal sites or processing stations.
   In the  past  2 to 4 years,  source separation of
corrugated paper has increased in importance. Most
of  the  country's  major   supermarket   chains now
separate  corrugated  paper from  other waste  for
recycling,  as do many auto assembly plants and other
commercial and industrial  establishments. There  are
two   major methods.  The first  is  baling  by the
generator, using any of a number of techniques which
differ in  the  size of  bales produced, method of
storage, and method of collection. Large bales  are
suitable for direct consumption by a papermill; small
bales, generally under 500  to 700 pounds, have to be
rebaled  by  a  hauler or wastepaper dealer prior to
shipment to a mill.
   A  second method depends on the use of station-
ary compactors-large metal containers attached to a
stationary hydraulic ram-for storage of the corru-
gated. The hauler or wastepaper dealer  empties the
container  and  bales  the   corrugated paper.  If the
generator  has mixed other  waste with the corrugated
paper, then hand-sorting must also be  done.  In the
latter case, the generator has in fact done little or no
source separation.
   The method that is most attractive to a particular
generator  depends  on the quantity of paper gener-
ated,  the  space available for handling the paper, and
other factors.  In a recent study of supermarket waste
management practices sponsored by the  U.S.  Depart-
ment of Agriculture, baling was found to be the most
economically attractive method among large super-
markets for handling  corrugated  paper. Many large
warehouses  and large industrial generators also have
found baling  to be the  most  attractive approach.
However,   some other  generators,  such as  large
department stores,  prefer  stationary  compactors,
leaving the baling and perhaps the separation to the
hauler.
   Baling  results in a higher price for the paper but
generally  requires more effort on the part of the
generator. Use of compactors requires little change in
normal  waste  discard  procedures  but results in less
revenue for the paper.
   The economic  attractiveness to the  generator  of
separation of corrugated is  influenced by numerous
factors, including quantity generated, type and size  of
store, method of regular waste storage and removal,
type of separation system used, and local markets.
   In 1973, market prices of  corrugated at the mill
rose to over $60 per ton in most parts of the country.
Under these conditions many generators found the
economics  for  separating  corrugated  to be  very
favorable.  For example,  many generators received
enough revenue from separated corrugated to pay for
the cost  of a  baler in  a single year and, at the same
time, reduce their waste-hauling costs.  However,  in
1974 prices dropped to less than half the 1973 level.
Nevertheless, baling  or otherwise separating  corru-
gated paper continues to be  a waste  management
technique of considerable appeal to many commercial
generators.
              Office Paper Recovery
   Separation of high-grade office paper is the newest
of the source  separation phenomena and is growing
rapidly.  With  the exception of computer tab  cards
and printout paper which, because of their high value,
have  usually been recycled,  relatively little  office
paper has been source separated in the past. However,
in the  last  2  years,  over  300  companies  have
implemented office paper separation programs. The
majority of these systems  utilize the desk-top tray  or
container  into which each worker  places his recycla-
ble wastepaper.
   Since most  of the systems have  been implemented
only  recently,  EPA has  developed little  economic
data  on  office  paper  recovery. Preliminary results
indicate,  however, that office paper separation is not
only economically viable but  quite profitable. Gains
are derived both from revenue received for the paper
and  from  disposal cost savings. For example, one
major California  firm  reports  that  waste disposal
quantities and costs  have  been reduced  by one-third

-------
 56
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
because  of  their  highly  successful  office paper
separation program.  After 6 months of operation, a
major aerospace manufacturer has received revenues
of $250,000, experienced costs of only $55,000, and
reintroduced some 2,500 tons  of  high-grade paper
into the manufacturing cycle.
   The potential for expanding office paper separa-
tion appears very favorable where  programs can be
properly   planned  and   set  up  and  publicity  is
continuous to keep employees motivated.
                   Conclusions
   Source separation  is presently the most feasible
means of removing paper from the waste stream for
recycling. Newspaper,  corrugated   containers,  and
certain types of papers from offices typically accumu-
late  in relatively high concentration and homogene-
ous form at the points of generation. Their separation
from other waste will  usually be of  only slight
inconvenience to  the  generator and may  result in
savings to them in waste disposal costs.
   The most significant new opportunities for source
separation  lie  in  municipal programs  for source
separation and  separate collection of old newspapers
from residences, in separation of corrugated contain-
ers by commercial and industrial establishments, and
in separation of high-grade paper in offices. However,
communities and  businesses  must consider markets
and economics on a local basis.
            STEEL CAN RECYCLING
                   Background
   Ferrous  materials  constitute  approximately  7
percent of municipal solid waste (excluding automo-
biles). About  50 percent  of the ferrous fraction is
steel cans.  It  is estimated that, in 1973,  approxi-
mately 5.6  million tons  of cans entered the solid
waste stream. About 70  percent, 4.0 million tons,
were generated in Standard  Metropolitan Statistical
Areas, where recovery is more likely to be economi-
cally feasible.  The current rate of recovering cans
from municipal solid waste is low. In 1973, approxi-
mately 70,000 tons of cans were recycled, less than 2
percent of discards.
   Ferrous scrap is extracted from mixed solid waste
magnetically. Magnetic separation can be carried out
at landfill  sites, incinerators, transfer stations,  and
comprehensive resource recovery facilities. To recover
                         ferrous scrap suitable for most markets, the mixed
                         waste must be shredded prior to magnetic separation.
                         Although magnetic separation  is gaining acceptance,
                         EPA is aware of only 25  cities  that are presently
                         doing it. At least 18 additional facilities are planned.6
                                       Developments in  Markets
                                       for Post-Consumer Cans
                            The Second  Report  to Congress contained  a
                         description of the  major markets for post-consumer
                         cans as  well as a definition  of  the supply poten-
                         tial.7' p" S2~54 The copper precipitation industry was
                         cited  as   the  single  largest  user  of  scrap  cans,
                         accounting for  65 percent of all cans recovered in
                         1972. Two other industries, the steel industry and the
                         detinning  industry, were cited as having the  most
                         potential  for growth in  the consumption of  scrap
                         cans.  The  following will provide an update on  these
                         latter  markets  as  well as  the  current  status and
                         techniques for recovering steel cans.
                            The SteeJ Industry.  The steel industry represents
                         the largest potential  market for steel cans recovered
                         from municipal  waste. They can be  used in both the
                         blast furnace (where ore is reduced to iron) and also
                         the basic oxygen and electric furnaces (where iron is
                         refined into  steel).  In 1972, about 34 million tons of
                         iron and steel scrap were purchased by the industry
                         for use in steel manufacture. The 4 million  tons of
                         post-consumer cans generated in Standard Metropoli-
                         tan Statistical Areas is equivalent to about 12 percent
                         of  this amount. Quantities of steel  cans presently
                         recovered are far below this rate of generation and are
                         not great enough to use in steelmaking furnaces on a
                         continuous basis.
                            Contaminants in  scrap  steel  cans are a major
                         barrier to their  use in steel manufacture. The lead,
                         tin,  and aluminum present  in can  scrap may  cause
                         furnace damage or degrade the quality of the finished
                         product.  The seriousness  of these contaminants  is
                         greatly reduced, however,  if scrap cans are used as a
                         small percentage of the total furnace charge.
                            The American Iron  and Steel Institute's Commit-
                         tee of Tin Mill Products Producers has estimated that
                         5 percent of the scrap charge to the basic  oxygen
                         (steelmaking) furnace  could be  scrap  cans.8  This
                         would be equivalent to 1.5 percent of the total steel
                         produced  or a potential demand of 3 million tons a
                         year. This Committee has also stated that scrap cans

-------
                                           MATERIALS RECOVERY
                                                                                                        57
 could possibly replace about 5 percent of the iron ore
 in the blast furnace. Thus, the blast furnace and basic
 oxygen  furnaces  alone could consume more  scrap
 cans  than presently  exist in municipal solid waste.
 Even  large  percentages  of cans are acceptable in
 electric furnaces when relatively lower grade products
 such as reinforcing bars are being manufactured.
   It  is by no means  obvious, however, that use of
 scrap  steel cans  in  the  manner  described would
 actually occur even if sufficient quantities of recov-
 ered  cans were available.  Individual mills  may  be
 reluctant to  use cans at these  levels. Furthermore,
 there has been so little experience to date in use of
 cans in these  ways that the viability of continuous use
 is difficult to assess at this time. Nevertheless some
 specification  guidelines can  be given.  Scrap used in a
 basic  oxygen furnace should be visibly free of plastics
 and contain  less than  1  percent dirt and no more
 than  3 to 5  percent  organics.  A small amount  of
 organics will  burn off during the melting of the steel
 and therefore does not interfere with the steelmaking
 process.  However, the  organics  do  constitute  an
 additional load  on  the air pollution  equipment.
 Aluminum, lead, and tin are potentially troublesome
 but may not  be a  problem in the steelmaking process
 if sufficient  hot metal (virgin iron) is  available  to
 dilute the elements. In addition, the scrap should be
 baled and have a minimum  density of 70 pounds per
 cubic foot.
   The recommended  specifications for  can  scrap
 used for blast furnace feed include less than 1 percent
 dirt content and less than 2 percent loose organics. It
 should be in loose, free-flowing, balled form with a
 density in excess of 70 pounds per cubic foot.
   The EPA  demonstration  of solid  waste  as  a
 supplemental fuel in coal-fired utility boilers in St.
Louis  includes the extraction of ferrous materials
from the solid waste.  The recovered ferrous materials
are being used in a blast furnace.  This is the first
 instance in which scrap has  been processed in a blast
 furnace other than for industry tests.
   Quantities   of  cans  presently  recovered  from
 municipal  solid waste are  too  small to  make an
accurate assessment of the practical potential for use
of recovered  cans in the steel industry. The alumi-
num,   lead,  and tin  content of cans  is  certainly
undesirable even if it  can be diluted. However, the
undesirable contaminants  can  be reduced to  an
acceptable level by detinning. The resulting steel is a
readily marketable, premium material classified as a
No. 1  bundle, which in 1973 commanded a price of
approximately $100 to $174 per ton.

   The Detinning Industry.   Detinning is a chemical
process in which tin is recovered from tinplate. Most
of the 3,000 tons  of  tin salvaged annually from scrap
cans  is  extracted  from  scrap generated  in  can
manufacturing plants. This is a reflection not only of
low municipal recycling levels but also  the  difficult
tolerance levels for contaminants in can scrap. The
major  contaminant in post-consumer  can  scrap is
aluminum tops from  bimetal  beverage cans.  This
aluminum is not present in scrap from manufacturing
plants.  When present at levels greater  than 4 per-
cent,  the aluminum  undergoes a chemical  reaction
during  detinning which causes  foaming (boil-overs)
and  the  production  of hazardous  hydrogen gases.
Removal  of the  aluminum adds  significant cost-
approximately $10 per ton of cans processed-to the
detinning process.  Entrapped paper and other organ-
ics  exceeding 5 percent may also be troublesome
because  they  hinder  the  chemical reaction of  the
detinning solution  with the tinplate.
   Unlike the scrap for steelmaking, scrap cans for
detinning should not  be balled or otherwise flattened
to a  form  that interferes  with the access of  the
detinning solution  to  the tinplate surface or that does
not  allow  easy  drainage  afterwards.  This is an
important consideration to  the municipal official
choosing a shredder for ferrous recovery. Incinerated
cans are unacceptable because incinerators can cause
the formation of oxides on the tinplate surface that
are  difficult to remove. The  detinning industry is
showing  increased interest  in  post-consumer  cans
despite the contaminants. The industry  has indicated
possible interest in building detinning plants wherever
30,000 tons  of can  scrap  are  guaranteed yearly.
Facilities  processing 2,000 tons per day or  more of
municipal  solid  waste would  probably   produce
enough scrap to meet this quota. The  1974 market
value for can scrap for detinning ranged from $30 to
$100 per ton, depending on quality  of the  material
and geographical location. This  value is up sharply
from the  1971 figure of approximately $10  per ton.
  Traditionally, detinning has been a batch, rather

-------
58
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
than a continuous, process. Fourteen detinning plants
employing this process operate in the United States.
They are located in Baltimore; East Chicago, Indiana;
Elizabeth,  New  Jersey;  Gary,  Indiana;  Gardena,
California;  Los Angeles,  Milwaukee, Pittsburgh, San
Francisco, and El Paso, Texas.
   A new plant located in Wilmington, Delaware, is
operating a continuous detinning process for the first
time. The capacity of the plant is 200,000 tons of
steel  cans annually. The system includes a shredder,
air classifier,  and  several  separation and cleanup
processes prior  to  detinning.  It  is  capable of
processing incinerator residues with aluminum con-
tent  exceeding industry specifications, and organic
content up to 7 percent. A major portion of the scrap
cans  going into this  process comes from  Delaware,
Pennsylvania, and Maryland.
           Ferrous Recovery Technology
   Ferrous recovery technology is fairly well devel-
oped. Two approaches  are the magnetic separation
from incinerator residue and the magnetic separation
from shredded municipal waste.
   Incinerator Residue Recovery.   This approach is
presently being employed in Amarillo, Texas; Atlan-
ta;  Chicago; Melrose Park,  Illinois; Stickney, Illinois;
and Tampa,  Florida.  The  recovered metal waste is
separated and  shipped  to commercial shredders  in
preparation for sale to the copper industry or is sold
directly  for   use  in ferroalloy  production.  The
difficulty with using  incinerated waste is that often
the ferrous material is altered  by the high tempera-
tures. Incinerators  operating at lower temperatures
(1,OOOF  to   1,400 F)  will  oxidize  but  not  melt
aluminum. At  higher   temperatures (1,400 F to
2,000 F), practically  all the aluminum is melted off
and removed, but  most of the  tin and copper are
absorbed into the steel. Most incinerators operate at
around 1,500 F to 1,700 F.
   Recovery from Shredded Waste.   This technology
has been proven  to be successful and is practiced in
several locations around the country. The technology
is relatively simple. Incoming municipal solid waste is
passed through a shredder for  size reduction and is
then  passed under a  magnetic  separator for removal
of the ferrous fraction. Once extracted, the ferrous is
cleaned  by washing  or air separation, magnetically
separated again to reduce contamination,  and com-
                          pacted to increase density. Because of variations in
                          specifications from industry  to  industry, it  is ex-
                          tremely important  that research on  local ferrous
                          markets be  completed before  a recovery system
                          design is selected.
                                             Economics
                            An  excellent  opportunity for  ferrous  material
                          extraction exists wherever  shredding  of waste  is
                          required-to  prepare waste for comprehensive materi-
                          als  and energy  recovery plants; to  reduce  waste
                          volume in order to extend landfill life; or to increase
                          freight payloads at transfer stations.
                            Shredding of  waste solely  for ferrous  material
                          extraction is  generally  not  economically  feasible,
                          however. At prices of $20 per ton for cans and $12
                          per  ton  for  other  miscellaneous ferrous materials,
                          revenues from ferrous material extraction would total
                          less than $1.25 per ton of refuse processed. Typical
                          shredding costs exceed $1.25 per ton. However,  in
                          systems already using  shredders for densification or
                          recovery of  other materials,  the  incremental costs of
                          adding  magnetic separation  equipment  should be
                          easily covered by the revenues.

                                Impact of Beverage Container Legislation
                            Several types  of  legislative  proposals to  reduce
                          generation of solid waste materials are being intro-
                          duced in State and local legislatures. One of the more
                          popular of these requires a  mandatory deposit for
                          beverage containers; this would have an impact on the
                          amount  of  steel, aluminum,  and  glass containers
                          discarded in the waste stream.  Steel  cans  would
                          probably  be  reduced by   15  percent  and waste
                          aluminum and glass by 30 to 35 percent, respectively.
                          A 1,000-ton-per-day facility  recovering ferrous scrap
                          could realize a "yield loss" of approximately 2,000
                          tons of ferrous scrap a year. At a price of $20 per ton
                          for  scrap cans,  the  annual revenue  losses  would
                          amount to $40,000.  For each ton of raw waste input,
                          revenue from ferrous  materials  extraction would be
                          reduced  from $1.25 to approximately $1.06.  This
                          decrease is  not  substantial.  Most profitable ferrous
                          recovery systems would remain profitable.

                                             Conclusions
                             The copper precipitation industry consumes more
                          than  half the scrap steel cans reclaimed from solid

-------
                                          MATERIALS RECOVERY
                                               59
waste. Consumption in detinning and steelmaking is
increasing.  Detinning offers  the most potential for
steel can recycling. It upgrades the cans to a form of
high-grade  steel scrap and recovers a valuable re-
source,  tin, which would otherwise  be considered a
contaminant. Significantly,  the economics of detin-
ning plants are  such that new small-scale plants could
be built near cities or resource recovery plants where
cans are generated.
   Steel cans may contain tin, aluminum, or lead in
addition to steel. The processes in both of the major
potential uses  of the cans, steel manufacture and
detinning,  are  adversely affected   by these other
materials. So far, improvements in processing technol-
ogy  rather than  changes  in can design are being
pursued by industry to improve scrap marketability.

                   ALUMINUM
   In 1973, discards of aluminum into the municipal
solid  waste stream totaled  1.0 million tons, or 0.7
percent of the  total solid waste stream. Half of the
aluminum  discards were cans,  about one-third were
foils,  and  the  remainder was largely from major
appliances.
   About 34,000 tons of aluminum, or 3.5 percent of
the amount discarded, were recovered in  1973.  This
tonnage  consisted  primarily  of   cans  recovered
through recycling  collection centers, many of which
are operated by the aluminum  industry. Roughly 15
cents a  pound is paid for aluminum cans brought to
such centers. The Aluminum Association reports that
about 17 percent of the all-aluminum cans produced
in 1974 were recovered.
   The future of aluminum recovery depends partly
on the rate of expansion of the collection centers. It
also  depends a great  deal  on the  development of
technology to extract  aluminum mechanically from
solid  waste and  on the  possible reduction of the
aluminum content of waste as a result of legislation
mandating deposits on beverage containers.
   Another  factor is  the  substantial  variation in
aluminum  content of waste  from  State to State.
About  78  percent  of  the  aluminum   cans  are
concentrated in five States:  New  York,  California,
Texas, Florida, and Washington.
            Technology Developments
   Three techniques being  developed currently for
 mechanical recovery  of aluminum  are  briefly de-
 scribed  below.  The  techniques  are eddy current
 separation, dense media separation, and electrostatic
 separation. These techniques are applied only to a
 small fraction of the input to a recovery plant, the
 heavier fraction of glass and metals  that constitutes
 approximately  15 to  20 percent of the  raw  waste
 input. Several preconcentration steps, such as  grind-
 ing,  screening, and washing, are necessary to prepare
 the waste for these separation processes. It should be
 noted that aluminum separation and  glass separation
 are usually combined into a single "module" since
 separation of  either  of  these materials  yields  a
 fraction rich in the other.
   Eddy Current Separation.   In  this procedure  a
 waste stream rich in  nonferrous metals is subjected to
 a time-varying  magnetic field while moving along  a
 conveyor. This produces an electromotive force that
 creates eddy  currents  within the nonferrous metals.
 The  eddy currents create their  own magnetic fluxes
 that  oppose the  original magnetic field, creating  a
 repelling force. Nonmetallics are not  repelled. Repul-
 sion  of  the metals varies by  type. Aluminum  is
 repelled  most strongly and,  thus, is  separated from
 the remaining materials. Initial tests suggest that the
 process is capable of yielding a product that is 90 to
 97 percent aluminum. Eddy  current separators are
 still  in developmental  stages and have not been used
 commercially. However, a commercial-scale test unit
 exists. In addition, a smaller unit is being evaluated at
 EPA's Franklin,  Ohio,  demonstration  of glass and
 aluminum recovery. Test data are not yet available.
   Dense Media Separation.  This technique is  based
 on the principle that elements making up solid  waste
 have  different  densities and  can  be separated by
 sinking  or floating  in selected liquid media. The
purity and types of materials  recovered are deter-
mined by the original composition of waste  being
processed, the specific  gravity of the media used, and
the number of dense  media stages applied.
   Dense media separation is an  established industrial
process, but it has not yet been utilized in commer-
cial operations for separation of aluminum or  other
materials  from  municipal solid waste.  There  are
 several  commercial  operations  where dense media
separation  is  being used to separate  various nonfer-
 rous  metals from shredded automobile scrap. This

-------
 60
                               RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
technique  appears  promising  for  application  to
municipal solid waste,  particularly  for  larger scale
systems.
   Electrostatic Separation.   In this separation meth-
od,  waste materials  moving  along  a conveyor  are
charged by  means of an electrode. Wastes that have
the physical property of conducting charges, such as
metals, fall off the.conveyor at the end of the belt in
a normal fashion, while nonconductors  (glass, rock,
organics, etc.) maintain the  charge and are pinned to
the conveyor, much  as the "static" in a sweater being
taken off will cause it to cling to the body.
   An electrostatic   separator  might  be  used  in
combination with dense media separation to make a
final separation of a stream containing only glass and
aluminum, or as  a preconcentration step to separate
and  produce  a glass-rich stream and a metals-rich
stream, both of which would be processed further for
purification of the products. An electrostatic  separa-
tor is being used  in EPA's Franklin demonstration to
separate a glass-rich stream from a nonferrous metals
stream. The  glass stream  is  then   put through a
color-sorting process.  The  separate  stream rich  in
nonferrous  metal is channeled to an eddy current
separation process. Test data are not yet available.
   All of these new developments in technology are
unproven at this  stage, although all show a great deal
of promise. The  key question  is whether  they can
separate  out the  aluminum at high levels of  purity,
yield,  and throughput. The answers will ultimately
determine the economic viability of aluminum  separa-
tion.

   Status of Aluminum Recovery Implementation
   Although the  economic  viability of mechanical
aluminum recovery  is uncertain at present, there are
plans  to include  it in some of the resource recovery
facilities which will  be built within the next 2 to 3
years. These  include a dry separation  resource  re-
covery plant to be built in New Orleans in 1975 for
recovering  glass, metals,   and  paper;  and  a  dry
shredded fuel recovery facility  in Bridgeport, Con-
necticut, scheduled to begin operation in 1976.

       Impact of Beverage Container Legislation
   A beverage  container deposit would reduce alumi-
num content in waste by 30 percent, ferrous content
by 15 percent, and glass content by 35 percent. For a
1,000-ton-per-day recovery plant,  a reduction of 30
percent of the aluminum content would amount to
roughly 300  to 400 tons per year of "yield loss" of
aluminum, which, at $300 to $400 per ton, translates
to $90,000 to $160,000 of lost revenue. On the basis
of  tonnage  of raw  waste input  to the  plant, a
reduction in revenue of $0.34 to $0.61 per ton would
be  experienced.  At  this point, the  economics of
aluminum recovery are  too uncertain to accurately
judge the impact  of such legislation on aluminum
recovery feasibility.
                     GLASS
   Glass accounts for approximately 9 percent by
weight of total municipal solid waste. In 1973,  over
13 million tons of glass products were discarded, and
less than 3 percent, or 350,000 tons,  were recovered
and recycled.
   The  only  technique  currently being used for
recovering glass is volunteer collection centers.  The
future of glass  recovery naturally depends in part on
the expansion  of these collection centers; however,
wide-scale recovery will  probably not occur without
new developments  either in source  separation  and
collection of glass or in  new  mechanical separation
techniques.
       Developments in Recovery Techniques
   Source Separation.   Home separation and collec-
tion of glass has been practiced  only on a limited
scale. However, a new and perhaps  improved tech-
nique of separate collection involves the use of a two-
or  three-chambered  vehicle  which   could  collect
glass,  cans, and paper simultaneously. This technique
has not yet  been implemented and  evaluated,  but
feasibility  studies  indicate  that  it should have
significant  advantages  over  use  of  the standard
compaction  truck.  A  key  question  regarding the
success  of  this  recovery technique  concerns  the
willingness of residents to separate their waste  into
three or more components.  There is only limited
information on this subject at present.
   Mechanical Separation.  Most of  the technology
for mechanical separation of glass is still being tested;
none  has been proven.  As noted in the previous
section,  glass recovery and aluminum recovery are
natural  complements;  the recovery  of one material
usually  renders a separate stream rich in the other.
Therefore,  aluminum and glass recovery are usually

-------
                                           MATERIALS RECOVERY
                                                61
 combined in one subsystem; the series of preconcen-
 tration steps preceding  aluminum  recovery would
 then be the same for glass recovery.
   Three  of the more promising mechanical processes
 being developed for the recovery of waste glass from
 municipal solid waste are the following:
   Froth  Flotation. Froth flotation has been  used for
 several years  by the mineral processing industry and
 can  be applied to the recovery of glass cullet from
 municipal solid waste. To date, however, no commer-
 cial  operations exist.
   Froth flotation separation is based on the phenom-
 ena  of surface chemistry  of particles.  A chemical
 compound is added to a tank containing a preconcen-
 trated stream  rich in finely ground glass suspended in
 water. The  chemical adheres  to  the glass particles,
 creating a nonwetting surface  property.  Air  bubbles
 are released from the bottom of the tank  and  become
 attached to the glass particles,  causing them to float.
 Nonglass particles become wet and sink,  thus provid-
 ing the desired separation.
   Although froth  flotation  techniques offer the
advantages of a potential 95  percent recovery rate
and  high purity, it is uncertain whether the product
can consistently meet the very stringent specifications
which glass  container manufacturers require. Another
 limitation  is  that  the  glass  is  not color-sorted-
 markets for mixed-color cullet are not as abundant as
 for color-sorted cullet. Froth-flotated glass cannot be
 color-sorted easily because the particles are generally
 too small to be separated efficiently.
   Dense Media Separation. Dense media separation is
based  on  the  principle that materials  of different
densities  can be separated by  sinking or floating  in
selected  liquid  media. (See  section on  aluminum
recovery.)
   Many  of the  glass particles  recovered  in  this
 process are  large enough (3/16  to 2 inches) to make
 color-sorting possible.
   There  are  presently no commercial  operations
 where de'nse media separation of glass is taking place.
 However,  a resource recovery facility  now under
 construction in New Orleans will include dense media
separation of a glass product that can be color-sorted.
   Color-Sorting. A glass-rich concentrate containing
 1/4-  to 3/4-inch particles may be sorted by color. The
concentrate would  first be passed through a transpar-
ency sorting device  for  final  removal  of stones,
ceramics, and residual metals. The glass would then
pass  through an electronic color-sorter in which  a
series of photocells  match  each glass  particle  with
backgrounds corresponding with  flint,  amber, and
green colors. Jets of air deflect  the particles into
appropriate receiving bins.
   Color-sorting  improves  the  marketability  of re-
covered glass. However, this procedure is still in early
stages of development and demonstration. Its feasibil-
ity  is  uncertain.  The  electronic transparency or
color-sorting devices may require constant adjustment
to  perform  properly. Organic residuals are apt to
"cloud" or create a film on glass surfaces that often
causes incorrect  color or transparency readings. In
addition, the method is limited to particle sizes of 1/4
to 3/4 inch, thus glass processed by  froth flotation
processes and some glass from dense media separation
cannot  be color-sorted. Another barrier to success is
that processing losses  of up to 50 percent may occur
because shredding can break the glass into undersized
particles.
   In the Franklin demonstration project, an electro-
static separation  process  is producing  a glass-rich
stream  that  is fed into a  color-sorting process. The
color-sorting of mixed cullet has been operating since
the  fall  of  1974.   Adjustments  to  the  sorting
equipment are still being made.
              Economics and Markets
   Clean cullet is an attractive raw material. Demand
exists  at  prices  comparable  to  those  for  virgin
materials. Color-mixed cullet is currently valued at
$20 per ton. Color-sorted cullet may sell for more,
depending on the market location. The real advantage
to color-sorted glass is that there are at least twice as
many markets for this material as for color-mixed
glass. Almost all glass furnaces can utilize color-sorted
glass, while  only furnaces making colored glass can
use  color-mixed  cullet. Potential  markets exist for
color-mixed  glass in  construction  materials, such as
foamed glass insulation or bricks, but these have not
yet been developed to a significant degree.
   Glass cullet is in  some ways preferable to virgin
raw materials because its use reduces fuel consump-
tion and refractory wear. The glass industry generally
limits the use of glass cullet in the glass formula to
approximately 20 percent by weight, although 80 to
100 percent cullet formulations have been used.

-------
 62
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
   The  contaminants  associated with color-mixed
cullet removed from municipal solid waste includes
the numerous color-formers (e.g., nickel oxides, iron,
manganese, copper cobalt, elemental carbon).  These
chemicals produce  a  variety  of  colors that  are
difficult  to  control  as the  percent  of cullet used
increases.  Also, inorganic  contaminants that may be
present (e.g., stones, rocks) will not flux. This causes
defects in the glass product. Organic contaminants
can act as reducing agents and cause color change of
the melt.

      Impact of Beverage Container Legislation

   It  is estimated that  legislation requiring a deposit
for beverage containers could result in a 35-percent
reduction  of  glass in  the solid waste  stream. The
impact  on a  1,000-ton-per-day resource recovery
plant could include yearly "losses" of approximately
5,000 tons of waste glass. At current market  prices
($20  per ton), this reduction in glass recovery would
represent $100,000  in revenue losses each year, or
$0.40 per ton  of  raw waste processed. At  this point,
the impact of  this loss  on glass recovery feasibility is
uncertain  since  the  basic  economics are  not  yet
known with certainty.
                      REFERENCES

   1.  Resource  conservation, environmental, and solid
                 waste  management  issues. In U.S.
                 Environmental  Protection Agency,
                 Office of Solid Waste Management
                 Programs.  Resource recovery  and
                 source reduction; second report to
                 Congress. Environmental Protection
                                              Publication   SW-122.   Washington,
                                              U.S.  Government  Printing Office,
                                              1974. p. 1-18.
                               2.  Smith, F. L., Jr. Trends in wastepaper exports and
                                              their  effects  on domestic markets.
                                              Environmental  Protection Publica-
                                              tion  SW-132.  [Washington], U.S.
                                              Environmental  Protection Agency,
                                              1974. 17 p.
                               3.  Capacity 1973-1976,  with additional data for
                                              1977-1979;  paper,   paperboard,
                                              woodpulp, fiber consumption. New
                                              York,  American Paper  Institute,
                                              1974. 25 p.
                               4.  SCS Engineers, Inc. Analysis of  source separate
                                              collection of  recyclable solid waste;
                                              separate collection studies. Environ-
                                              mental   Protection  Publication
                                              SW-95c.l. U.S. Environmental Pro-
                                              tection Agency,  1974.  157 p. (Dis-
                                              tributed by  National Technical  In-
                                              formation Service, Springfield, Va.,
                                              as PB-239 775.)
                               5.  SCS Engineers, Inc. Analysis of  source separate
                                              collection of  recyclable solid waste;
                                              collection center studies.  Environ-
                                              mental   Protection  Publication
                                              SW-95C.2. U.S. Environmental Pro-
                                              tection Agency, 1974. [75 p.] (Dis-
                                              tributed by  National Technical  In-
                                              formation Service, Springfield, Va.,
                                              as PB-239 776.)
                               6.  Resource  Technology  Corporation.  Solid waste
                                              processing facilities. Technical Re-
                                              port  103701, Rev. A.  New York,
                                              American  Iron  and  Steel Institute,
                                              May 1974.
                               7.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
                                              Solid  Waste  Management  Programs.
                                              Resource recovery and source reduc-
                                              tion;  second  report to  Congress.
                                              Environmental  Protection Publica-
                                              tion  SW-122.   Washington,  U.S.
                                              Government Printing Office, 1974.
                                              112 p.
                               8.  Progress report on  recycling. Washington, Ameri-
                                              can Iron and  Steel  Institute,  Com-
                                              mittee of Tin Mill Products Pro-
                                              ducers, [1974]. 8 p.

-------
                                          Chapter 5

           RESOURCE RECOVERY PLANT COST ESTIMATES
   Economic cost is a key factor in local government
decisions to implement large-scale resource recovery
plants. Cost is also likely  to be a major consideration
in formulating State and Federal policies regarding
such implementation. Thus, it is very important that
cost estimates  for  resource recovery plants  be  as
reliable and comparable as possible.
   Unfortunately,  very  little  economic data  are
available. As of August  1975, no  full-scale mixed-
waste separation plants were yet in regular operation.
In the absence of operating data, cost projections
must  be  derived  from  preliminary  estimates by
consulting engineers and  system development com-
panies; these  estimates are based  upon experience
with pilot-scale operations and price quotations by
equipment suppliers.
   A major problem in evaluating costs has been the
general lack of comparability among cost estimates.
There  are   two apparent  causes  for  this.  First,
different  cost-accounting  methods are employed by
various designers, making  it difficult even to compare
cost projections in proposals from companies bidding
on the same contract. Secondly, most estimates have
been site-specific, reflecting economic factors such as
labor  rates,  operating schedules, and product costs
that vary from place to place.
   This chapter reports on the findings of a recent
cost evaluation by  EPA.1   The  first objective of the
evaluation was to provide a better  understanding of
the site-specific variables that affect costs by develop-
ing a  cost-accounting  method to facilitate compari-
sons. The second objective was to provide meaningful
cost estimates for one particular type of mixed-waste
processing technology: the system based on two-stage
shredding and air classification, similar in concept to
EPA's  demonstration  plant in St. Louis but on  a
somewhat larger scale. Although generally considered
in the fuel or energy recovery category of plants, this
technology is also potentially adaptable to recovery
of fiber for recycling. It may also be considered as a
first-stage unit in an integrated steam or  electricity
generating facility.
  The shredded-fuel system is only one of several
material  and  energy   recovery technologies  being
considered  for  implementation. Although the cost
estimates presented in this chapter apply only to the
specific technology under review, the cost evaluation
methods and  accounting procedures  are generally
applicable to all systems.
  Following a brief introduction to the primary data
sources, methods, and design assumptions, compara-
tive results will be presented for capital investment
costs, plant operating and maintenance costs, other
special cost factors, product revenues, and a  final
synthesis of net processing  costs  for a  number of
recent shredded-fuel plant designs.


       GENERAL METHODS AND DESIGN
                ASSUMPTIONS
             What the Data Represent
  The capital and operating cost estimates presented
below are derived from a comparative review of five
recent  preliminary  engineering designs.  The plant
designs selected are typical of  improved versions of
shredded-fuel plants patterned  after EPA's St. Louis
demonstration. The first of such "second generation"
plants is scheduled to be on line by early 1976. All
five could  be considered to be either the  medium
(750 to 1,000 tons per day)  or large (1,200 to 2,000
tons per day) size class by current standards.
  The technical designs  themselves were partially
modified as necessary to reflect a more standardized
"flowsheet" including: handsorting of paper,  two-
stage  shredding  (or  milling)  with  one-stage air
                                                 63

-------
 64
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
classification to produce a marketable fuel product,
and magnetic separation of ferrous metals. Glass and
aluminum  recovery components were explicitly  ex-
cluded  due to insufficient  data from  most of  the
sources.  In addition, original cost estimates were
"normalized"  to adjust for  a number of differences
among  the original studies  in  terms of estimating
methods,  accounting  formats,  and site-specific cost
factors.
   The  five original plant designs and cost estimates
are attributable to the following sources.
   1.  The  National Center  for  Resource Recovery
      (NCRR):   an  engineering  feasibility   study
      (December 1972)2 as revised in the winter of
      1973-74  in  connection  with  a  request  for
      proposals for a  plant to be constructed in New
      Orleans.3 (The EPA modified version is referred
      tobelowasNCRR/EPA.)
   2.  Midwest Research Institute (MRI):  a project for
      the  Council  on Environmental Quality, com-
      pleted in the summer  of 1972,4 with estimates
      updated  and revised  during  the  autumn  of
      1973.  (The  modified version is  referred  to
      belowasMRI/EPA.)
   3.  The General Electric Company (GE): a prelimi-
      nary plant  design prepared under contract with
      the  Department of Environmental Protection,
      State of Connecticut, completed in the  spring
      of  1973;  hypothetically  sited  in Hartford,
      Connecticut.5 (Modified version referred to as
      GE/EPA.)
   4  and  5. Two confidential  proposals actually
      submitted to a city in 1974. These two designs
      have been  merged into a composite "Plant X"
      as a  means of preserving the confidentiality of
      proprietary  information.   (Referred   to   as
      X/EPA.)
   Before   presenting  the comparative  cost results,
further  comments on the standard plant design and
the issues  in normalizing costs are necessary to define
the scope and meaning of the estimates.

          Standardizing the Plant Designs
   Because some of the original plant designs varied
considerably in  terms of process and product-lines
included, it was deemed necessary to standardize the
designs  for  purposes  of  cost  comparison.  This
                          involved either adding or subtracting  building space
                          and equipment items. The object was to standardize
                          the  basic processing sequence and "product  lines"
                          while preserving variations in original  design concep-
                          tions such as structural plant features, throughput
                          and storage  capacities, number  of primary process
                          lines, and certain other special  characteristics con-
                          sidered important  by the  original designers.  After
                          standardization, the designs still represented different
                          conceptions  of the  same general type of resource
                          recovery facility.
                             In order for the cost estimates to be meaningfully
                          comparable,  it is desirable to be able to standardize
                          the  technical assumptions or design conditions relat-
                          ing to plant capacity, annual operating schedule, and
                          raw waste input composition.  "Capacity" turns out
                          to be a very  ambiguous variable in the current  design
                          literature.  For present  purposes,  the rated hourly
                          design throughput tonnage is accepted  as given by the
                          original  source.  For  a  definition of daily  design
                          capacity,  it  was  assumed  that  the  plants will  all
                          operate  on  a full  two-shift  (16  hours  per day)
                          processing schedule.  To facilitate calculating annual
                          fixed costs per ton,  maximum annual capacity was
                          based  on an assumed 5,000 hours of operation at
                          average design capacity.* Differences in specifications
                          regarding assumed number of hours per day and total
                          hours  per year for  plant  operation  typically vary
                          among  designs of the same nominal  capacity by a
                          factor of two or more.
                             The estimates presented here also assume that the
                          composition  of the  raw waste input at each plant is
                          the  same as the national average (Table 1, Chapter 1),
                          aid that the  following recovery  efficiency factors
                          hold:
                             1. 25 percent efficiency in handpicking old news
                                and corrugated
                             2. 90  percent  efficiency  in  recovering organic
                                material as fuel
                             3. 90  percent  efficiency in   recovering ferrous
                                metal as steel scrap
                                *Five thousand hours is roughly equivalent to 312
                          days per year (6 days per week times  52 weeks) times 16
                          hours per day. For a 1,000-ton-per-day  plant (62.5 tons per
                          hour times 16 hours per day), this implies a maximum annual
                          capacity of 312,000 tons.

-------
                               RESOURCE RECOVERY PLANT COST ESTIMATES
                                               65
             Normalizing the Cost and
                Revenue Estimates
   In addition  to technical design  and operating
features, a  very large  number of nontechnological
variables and costing  procedures also  can  have a
strong influence on  the estimates.  To  the extent
feasible,  these were also "normalized" to derive the
present estimates.
   This  means  that  the  design  costs given in the
original  sources were  recalculated  on the  basis of
standardized prices and other costing assumptions. As
noted  below,   a   number   of special  cases  were
identified where a cost factor is both quite significant
and variable over a wide range. For many of these,
alternative calculations are presented  to illustrate the
particular influence of  the variable at both high and
low values.
   The  following  notes describe  the significance of
these individual cost  items and their treatment in the
present context.
   Items Affecting Capital  Cost.  These items affect
either initial capital  investment  cost or  annualized
capital cost per ton.
   1.  Land cost. May or may not involve initial direct
      financing.  May  or may not be accounted for
      explicitly in engineering cost estimates. Could
      amount to a million dollars or  more.  For the
      evaluation, land cost was excluded from  basic
      capital cost and included under "other special
      cost" items.
   2.  Site preparation  cost.  Extremely site  specific.
      Demolition of existing structures could amount
      to several hundred thousands dollars. Site prep-
      aration was  excluded  from these capital cost
      estimates and treated separately with land.
   3.  Regional construction cost differentials. Direct
      capital costs  typically vary among cities be-
      tween 75  percent and  115 percent of the U.S.
      national average.  Plant costs were adjusted to
      national average  base  using regional construc-
      tion cost indices.
   4.  Indirect construction contractor overheads and
      fees. May or may not  be explicitly included by
      different estimators. Can be  25 percent or more
      of direct construction costs. In addition, archi-
      tect and engineering fees typically  are 6 to 8
      percent of direct costs.  Adjusted to common
      basis where possible.
  5. "Contingencies." May or may not be explicitly
     itemized  in  estimates.  Included as  a hedge
     against  unforeseen circumstances in construc-
     tion.  Not  a  real cost unless some  unforeseen
     circumstance materializes. Excludes labor and
     equipment cost escalations per se. May be 8 to
     15 percent of total plant and equipment costs.
     Not possible to normalize on basis of available
     data.
   6. Construction cost escalations. In effect, another
     type of contingency-estimated  cost  increases
     for  labor,  material,  and  equipment  during
     construction period. Varies both with  length of
     construction  period  and  annual  percentage
     increase assumed. Differences among estimating
     factors can cause multimillion dollar differences
     in  capital cost estimates.  Estimates  for  the
     evaluation were normalized by converting them
     to a common base period (January 1974).
   7. Plant startup and working capital. May or may
     not  be included. EPA estimates were normal-
     ized at  4 months of operating costs capitalized
     with other initial investment.

   Items  Affecting   Operating   and   Maintenance
Costs.   O  and M  costs are defined here to include
only direct, plant-related  labor, parts, materials and
supplies, and utilities. Other annual costs are included
under "Other Special Costs."

  1. Regional  price  differentials.  Operating  wage
     rates  in different regions  of the country can
     vary by more than ±15 percent of the national
     average. Electric  utility  rates can  vary by  a
     factor of more than 50 percent geographically;
     fuel prices per Btu can vary by a factor of three
     or more. The O and M cost  figures presented
     here reflect conversions to national averages.
   2. Cost escalations. These are calculated different-
     ly by different estimators; usually adjusted to
     first year of plant operation from base date of
     original  quote.   Differences in  original  date,
     projected startup date, and assumed  rates of
     increases  can mean  a difference of  over 50
     percent in total O and M cost estimates among
     different sources. Standard  base date of EPA
     normalized estimates was January 1974.

-------
66
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
   3.  Transport costs. Costs of transporting recovered
      materials were  accounted  for  here either  in
      estimating net selling prices or in "other special
      cost"  category.  In  various published  sources,
      they have been included under general capital
      and 0 and M accounts or ignored altogether.
   Other Special Costs of Operations.   Five special
cost items have  been  identified which, under various
conditions, can each have values ranging from zero to
over  $1.00  per  ton  of  raw waste  processed  (i.e.,
$300,000 per year based on a 1,000-ton-per-day plant
operating 300  days per year). Such  wide variations
can  be either  locational  or institutional in origin.
"High"  estimating  options  are  indicated  in  the
descriptions of these items below.
   1.  Local  property  taxes. Resource recovery facili-
      ties usually  have  been  viewed  in the same
      category as public waste disposal sites; property
      taxes  seldom have  been included in  the cost
      accounts. Some State and  regional systems do
      include an equivalent payment  in lieu  of taxes,
      based on assessed value.* An annual charge of
      4.0 percent  on  total  value  of property  was
      taken as a "high" cost factor in the compari-
      sons below.
   2. Residual waste disposal costs.  About 20 percent
      of weight (perhaps 5 to 8 percent of volume) of
      raw waste  input  is not sold  as product under
      present  assumptions. If disposed of as waste, a
      disposal cost of $5.00  per  ton  was assumed to
      be "high" for this  type of compact, shredded
      material (equivalent to $1.00 per ton of total
      raw waste input).  At  the  other extreme, the
      glass  and aluminum content of this  fraction
      might make it marketable.
   3. Nonplant  overheads. These are costs chargeable
      to plant operation for off-site services by either
      a private or public sector central management
      agency.  Could include bookkeeping, marketing,
      engineering  or  other  functional  services,  or
      general  overhead. For  extreme comparisons, a
      *The use of payments in lieu of taxes is also a means
of reducing local prejudice against the location of a regional
facility in a particular city. It  is also a partial means of
compensating a community for additional implicit costs such
as increased truck traffic, noise, etc.
                                range  from  zero to  $1.00 per  ton may  be
                                assumed.
                             4.  Management  fees (profit). Payable  to  private
                                operator of a publicly owned or leased facility.
                                (None  for  a publicly  operated facility.) One
                                dollar per ton of waste processed would seem
                                to  be  a "high" fee (exclusive  of corporate
                                overhead expenses).
                             5.  Shredded  product  transportation  costs.  De-
                                pending on who pays, could be accounted for
                                as reduction  in  selling  price.  Treated here as
                                separate item chargeable  to  shredding plant
                                operation. For plants located adjacent to user's
                                boiler,  transport  cost  can approach zero. A
                                "high" cost for reasonably long distances (say,
                                25 miles)  would be $3.00 per ton of  output
                                material ($2.00 per ton raw wet input basis).
                                Since this is a very large volume item, signifi-
                                cant annual costs are involved.
                             Normalized  Product  Revenue Estimates.   Given
                          raw waste  input composition and recovery efficien-
                          cies (discussed above) and assuming that markets for
                          the recovered products  are  available, then product
                          revenues will be determined by selling prices, less any
                          relevant discounts and transport costs.
                             Product selling prices easily constitute the greatest
                          source of uncertainty in the entire resource recovery
                          picture.  They  exhibit the largest variations among
                          geographic regions at  any point in time and histori-
                          cally  have  been  subject to  extreme  fluctuations.
                          Future  negotiable prices for  recovered fuels and
                          metals are subject to some additional  uncertainties
                          due to technical questions about product quality. (An
                          important  issue, not dealt with here, is the possible
                          types of long-term contractual arrangements that may
                          be developed  with  user-industries.  These  might
                          eventually be able to dampen  cyclical price  fluctua-
                          tions and  also  lead to higher product  grade  ratings
                          than  would  otherwise be achievable in the general
                          spot markets.)
                             For these reasons it was  decided to develop new
                          "high" and "low"  product revenue estimates rather
                          than  use those found  in  the original source docu-
                          ments. The estimated revenue schedules are presented
                          in Table 31. The basic assumptions and derivations of
                          the values  for the  three products are summarized in
                          the notes to that table.

-------
                               RESOURCE RECOVERY PLANT COST ESTIMATES
                                                67
                                                 TABLE 31
       NET PRICES RECEIVED PER TON OF PRODUCT AND REVENUE PER TON OF RAW WASTE PROCESSED:
                                    "HIGH" AND "LOW" ESTIMATES (1974)*


Product

Shredded fuel:):
Paper §
Ferrous metal f
Total
Net price per
ton of product
output t
"High" "Low"
$15.50 $ 2.50
40.00 20.00
50.00 12.00
-
Recovered
product as a
percentage of total
(wet-weight basis)
67.0
4.0
7.7
78.7
Net
revenue per
ton of total waste

"High"
$10.40
1.60
3.85
$15.85
input
"Low"
$1.70
0.80
0.90
$3.40
      *U.S. EPA estimates, Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Resource Recovery Division.
      tPrices received by seller net of transport or other discounts.
      $ Based on Btu value of shredded fuel at 10 million Btu per ton, 30 percent moisture, less $2.50 per ton estimated firing cost
to user. "High" net price based on $18.00 per ton of fuel (equivalent to $1.80 per million Btu average U.S. contract price for utility
grade residual fuel oil in spring, 1974). "Low" price based on $5.00 per ton of fuel (equivalent to coal at $0.50 per million Btu or
$11.00 per ton), less $2.50 firing cost.
      §Average combined prices  of old news and corrugated, F.O.B recovery plant, assuming buyer pays freight. "High" $40.00
price is U.S. average in spring, 1974. "Low" $20.00 price is U.S. average in winter of 1972-73. Official Board Markets quotes.
      f Average scrap steel grade  better than No. 2 Bundle grade,  less $10.00 per ton freight paid by seller. Gross "high" price of
$60.00 is spring, 1974, U.S. average. Gross "low" price of $22.00 is winter, 1973, U.S. average. American Metal Market quotes.
   The prices for both ferrous and paper are stated as
values received by the seller (processing plant) net of
all transport charges.  Shredded fuel prices, however,
are defined net of a powerplant firing cost discount
(assumed at  $2.50 per  ton of  fuel)  but  without
deducting costs of transporting the shredded fuel to
the powerplant. As previously noted, because it can
be  such a  large and  variable element, the  cost of
transporting the fuel has  been singled out for special
note under the "other special costs" category.
   The net product selling prices are  combined in
Table  31  with  the  product-yield  assumptions  to
calculate revenue  per ton of total raw waste input.
Thus, adding all the "high" product estimates results
in a total  maximum  revenue of $15.85  per ton of
waste  processed.  This  contrasts  sharply with the
minimum total  revenue receivable under the present
assumptions of $3.40 per ton of waste processed.
   It   should  be  emphasized that the  "high"  and
"low" estimates represent neither the maximum nor
the minimum conceivable under all present or future
circumstances.  Rather,   they simply  represent the
results of  a  combined  assessment of assumptions
relating  to  product grading  (quality) specifications,
current U.S. average fuel prices,  and material prices
experienced within the  past 2 years. The estimates
assume no  future increase in prices,  but the low
values assume that wastepaper and steel scrap prices
will not fall very much below their lowest levels of
the past 2  years. The true worst  case is where no
market exists for the shredded fuel or other product.

  COMPARATIVE SUMMARY OF NORMALIZED
    CAPITAL INVESTMENT COST ESTIMATES
                 Total Capital Cost
   The total capital  investment  costs  in Table 32
reflect  both the  flowsheet revisions and the cost-
estimating revisions  previously discussed.  Otherwise,
they  continue to reflect the differences in  design
conception of the original design teams.
   The normalized estimates  exhibit a much closer
grouping  of values  than the original  capital  cost
figures.  However,  remaining  differences in capital
cost,  especially those between the GE and NCRR
plants,  may still seem  surprisingly large to many
readers.
   Although all the differences among  the estimates
could not  be  explained  on  the  basis  of available
documentation, most of the $8.8 million difference
between the normalized GE and NCRR capital cost is
readily attributable  to technical and  architectural
design differences. For  example, the GE design has

-------
 68
                                 RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                   TABLE 32
                           NORMALIZED CAPITAL INVESTMENT COST ESTIMATES FOR
                           FOUR DRY-SHREDDED-FUEL PROCESSING PLANT DESIGNS*!
       Plant capacity and investment
               cost measures
NCRR/EPA
MRI/EPA
GE/EPA
X/EPA
Plant capacity factors:
      Number of process lines
      Design tons per hour
      Design tons per day (16 hours)
      Design tons per year (5,000 hours)
   One
     62.5
    1,000
  312,500
  One
    62.5
   1,000
 312,500
  Two
   62.5
  1,000
312,500
  Two
    100
  1,600
500,000
Normalized capital investment
   (in thousands):
      Total:
         1974 dollars
         1976 dollars*

      Total per ton of daily capacity:
         1974 dollars
         1976 dollars*

      Annualized capital cost:
       @ 10% per year:
         1974 dollars
         1976 dollars*

       @> 25% per year:
         1974 dollars
         1976 dollars*

Capital cost per ton of raw
   waste processed (1974 dollars):
      @ 10% capital charge, and
         annual capacity utilization at—
           90%
           75%
           60%

      @> 25% capital charge, and
         annual capacity utilization at—
           90%
           75%
           60%
  $ 5,200
    5,980
     5.2
     5.98
     520
     598
    1,300
    1,495
    $1.85
     2.20
     2.75
     4.60
     5.55
     6.85
 $11,600
  13,340
    11.6
   13.34
   1,160
   1,334
   2,900
   3,335
  $ 4.15
    4.95
    6.10
   10.35
   12.35
   15.25
$14,000
 16,100
    14.0
    16.1
  1,400
  1,610
  3,500
  4,025
 $ 5.00
   5.95
   7.35
  12.50
  14.90
  18.40
$15,500
 17,830


    9.7
  11.14
  1,550
  1,785
  3,875
  4,460
 $ 3.45
   4.15
   5.15
   8.60
  10.35
  12.90
      *Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Resource Recovery Division. Based on original plant design cost estimates by
the National Center for Resource Recovery (NCRR), Midwest Research Institute (MRI), the  General Electric Co. (GE), and other
proprietary sources ("X").
      tAll plants utilize two-stage shredding and air classification, with magnetic separation of ferrous material and handpicking of
paper. Not included: glass and nonferrous recovery options, shredded fuel transport facilities, and land costs.
      *1976 values escalated by 1.15 x 1974 values to account for inflation to midpoint of construction period.
 two completely independent process  lines, consider-
 ably more material storage space (a particularly costly
 item  for these plants), a pit-and-crane material feed
 system, and nearly twice the fully enclosed building
 area  (exclusive of input  and output storage) of the
 NCRR design. A significant part of the higher cost of
 plant X is, of course, due to its larger design capacity.

               Annualized Capital Cost
   Annual  capital cost is presented on the basis of
           two alternative fixed charge (capital recovery) rates: a
           low  10-percent rate to  illustrate the public sector
           financing  option,  and  a  high  25-percent  rate to
           illustrate  annual  capital  cost  allocation  under  a
           private  industry  financing  option.  It  should  be
           emphasized that the 25-percent private rate includes a
           built-in  profit  return  on  the equity  portion  of the
           original  investment. The low 10-percent rate includes
           only interest and amortization for  an  investment
           wholly financed by long-term, tax-free borrowing.

-------
                               RESOURCE RECOVERY PLANT COST ESTIMATES
                                                                                                       69
   The  apparent  differences  between  these  two
institutional approaches  to plant financing are quite
substantial-a factor of 2.5 in the amounts. It should
be pointed out that  part of this difference represents
a Federal tax subsidy for local public-sector loans,
i.e., the tax-free nature of local government bonds.
               Capital Cost Per Ton
   Capital cost per ton is shown in Table 32 on the
basis  of the  two  alternative fixed charge rates and
three alternative capacity-utilization rates. The latter
are based on a somewhat arbitrary maximum design
capacity utilization of 5,000 hours per year.  Ninety-
percent capacity  utilization probably represents  a
high  design rate  from a practical standpoint. The
various  lower rates can reflect a combination of an
intentionally  restricted  operating  schedule  (fewer
hours per day or  days per week),  additional equip-
ment downtime for unscheduled repairs, or restricted
throughput rates  due to low raw waste deliveries or
output market bottlenecks.
   Other things being equal, unit capital costs will be
about 20 percent higher at a 75 percent capacity rate
than  at a  90 percent rate,  and about 25  percent
higher still if the plant  utilization rate falls to 60
percent.  Overall,   the  difference between achieving
only a 60 percent rate as opposed to  the  90  percent
rate is a capital cost per ton penalty of 50 percent. As
shown  in Table 32, this penalty varies  in absolute
dollar terms from a low of just under $1.00 per ton
(NCRR/EPA at 10  percent  capital charge)  up to  a
high of almost $6.00 per ton for the high-capital-cost
GE/EPA plant  (under the  25 percent capital charge
rate). At the 10 percent  charge rate, this factor alone
accounts for differences of up to $2.00 or more per
ton for the MRI and GE designs. Even the outwardly
small differences of  75 versus 90 percent or 60 versus
75 percent capacity utilization  result in cost differ-
ences of $0.35  to  $1.60  per ton for the plants in our
sample  group. At  the higher 25-percent fixed charge
rate,  the effect of differences in utilization rates is
magnified 2.5 times.

 COMPARATIVE SUMMARY OF NORMALIZED
      ESTIMATES FOR OPERATING AND
            MAINTENANCE COSTS
   Table 33 provides a comparison of the operating
and maintenance  (O and M) cost estimates  for the
four preliminary   designs, adjusted to account for
certain design standardizations and revised to reflect
1974 base-year average national labor and utility cost
factors. (It should be recalled that O and M costs do
not  include an item for capital charges,  or "capital
recovery." Nor do  they at  this point reflect any
adjustments either for  dump fees charged to those
delivering solid wastes  or  revenues received from
product sales. In other words, they represent only the
on-site  labor,  material,  and  utility costs of  the
processing facility.)
   Two features of the resulting normalized O and M
cost estimates are especially worth noting. The first is
the relatively close grouping of the estimates for the
different  plants.  Thus,  for  a given base year,  say
1974, and a given relative  operating level (say the
90-percent capacity rate),  the  unit cost estimates
differ by not more than about  $1.00 per ton  (20
percent).  This  represents a surprisingly close agree-
ment among the different  sources, especially since
there is so little real operating experience upon which
to base estimates.
   The  second  general  conclusion  is that  if  the
estimates  for the several plant capacity utilization
rates are accurate,  the unit operating  costs  are
moderately responsive to changes in operating levels.
Thus, the O  and M cost variation  for a given plant
over its operating range between 60 and 90 percent of
its rated capacity  was estimated  at  about $1.00 per
ton  (in  1974  dollars)  for  all four of the plants.
However,  the engineering data on which the O and M
cost penalties for undercapacity utilization are based
are quite sketchy. There are no published estimates or
analyses   of  this   relationship,  but it  apparently
warrants more attention.

      SUMMARY OF TOTAL AND NET COST
                   ESTIMATES
   The final synthesis of cost and revenue estimates is
presented in two steps. The first step, summarized in
Table 34, combines the three categories  of costs
(capital, O and M, and  "other special costs") into a
range of  total  cost estimates for each of the  four
designs in our sample. The second step combines the
total cost and revenue estimates into a set of net cost
(or net revenue) results (Table 35).

                TotaJ Cost Estimates
   In the first part of Table 34,  capital  costs from
Table 32 are combined with basic O and M processing

-------
 70
                               RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                 TABLE 33
                     NORMALIZED OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE COST ESTIMATES FOR
                          FOUR DRY-SHREDDED-FUEL PROCESSING PLANT DESIGNS*
       Plant capacity and O and M
             cost measures
NCRR/EPA
MRI/EPA
                                      GE/EPA
                                   Plant X
Plant capacity factors:
      Number of process lines
      Design tons per hour
      Design tons per day (16 hours)
      Design tons per year (5,000 hours)

Total annual O and M costs
   (in thousands):
      In 1974 dollars, with annual
        capacity utilization at—
           90%
           75%
           60%

      In 1976 dollars,t with annual
        capacity utilization at—
           90%
           75%
           60%

O and M costs per ton of waste
   processed:
      In 1974 dollars with annual
        capacity utilization at—
           90%
           75%
           60%

      In 1976 dollars,t with annual
        capacity utilization at-
           90%
           75%
           60%
    One
     62.5
    1,000
  312,500
  $  1,288
    1,128
    1,045
    1,540
    1,351
    1,254
     4.60
     4.80
     5.50
     5.50
     5.75
     6.60
   One
    62.5
   1,000
 312,500
 $ 1,330
   1,175
   1,083
   1,596
   1,410
   1,302
    4.75
    5.00
    5.70
    5.70
    6.00
    6.85
  Two
   62.5
  1,000
312,500
$ 1,554
  1,363
  1,264
  1,862
  1,533
  1,520
   5.55
   5.80
   6.65
   6.65
   6.95
   8.00
  Two
    100
  1,600
500,000
$ 2,205
  1,931
  1,740
  2,655
  2,325
  2,085
   4.90
   5.15
   5.80
    5.90
    6.20
    6.95
      *Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Resource Recovery Division. Based on original plant design cost estimates by
the National Center for  Resource Recovery (NCRR), Midwest Research Institute (MRI), General Electric  Co. (GE), and other
proprietary sources ("X").
      t Inflation of 10 percent per year assumed for 2-year escalation factor of 20 percent.
costs from Table 33. The resulting "total processing
costs" are unique for each of the four preliminary
plant designs. Basic processing costs are estimated to
be from $6.45 per ton for NCRR/EPA to $10.55 for
GE/EPA at the low 10-percent capital charge and the
high 90-percent utilization rate. At the other extreme
(high capital charge and low utilization rate), these
basic costs are  90 to 150  percent higher, depending
on design, and range from $9.20 to $25.05.
   Total process cost differences among  the four
plants represent  differences within the  engineering
design community as to the capital  and operating
resource requirements to process mixed waste at the
indicated scales. These are differences remaining after
our  recalculations to standardize  design and  costing
           parameters. Considering the  state  of technological
           development, the differences in process cost estimates
           among the four designs are less than might have been
           expected. In fact, the  differences among plants by
           different  designers are  less than the differences for
           any  given plant due to alternative capital charge and
           operating rate assumptions.
              As previously discussed, the "other special cost"
           items may  or  may not be relevant under particular
           locational and  institutional circumstances. Thus, each
           of  these  cost items  may  have   zero  values  for
           particular cases, or they each may add substantial
           annual  and per ton  expense to the recovery opera-
           tion. The values included in Table 34 are our EPA
           "high"  cost estimates. They do not necessarily reflect

-------
                                RESOURCE RECOVERY PLANT COST ESTIMATES
                                                71
                                                 TABLE 34
                 SUMMARY OF NORMALIZED COST ESTIMATES FOR FOUR DRY-SHREDDED-FUEL
                                        PROCESSING PLANT DESIGNS*
                                    (Per ton of raw waste input, 1974 cost base)
Cost categories
Public sector finance option
@ 10% annual capital charge:
Capital cost
O and M cost
Subtotal process cost
Total other possible
special costst
Total cost per ton
Private sector finance option
@ 25% annual capital charge:
Capital cost
O and M cost
Subtotal process cost
Total other possible
special costst
Total cost per ton
NCRR/EPA
Capacity utilization
90%
$1.85
4.60
6.45
5.15
11.60
4.60
4.60
9.20
5.15
14.35
60%
$2.75
5.50
8.25
5.65
13.90
6.85
5.50
12.35
5.65
18.00
MRI/EPA
Capacity utilization
90%
$4.15
4.75
8.90
6.05
14.95
10.35
4.75
15.10
6.05
21.15
60%
$6.10
5.70
11.80
7.00
18.80
15.25
5.70
20.95
7.00
27.95
GE/EPA
Capacity utilization
90%
$5.00
5.55
10.55
6.40
16.95
12.50
5.55
18.05
6.40
24.45
60%
$7.35
6.65
14.00
7.50
21.50
18.40
6.65
25.05
7.50
32.55
"X'VEPA
Capacity utilization
90%
$3.45
4.90
8.35
5.65
14.00
8.60
4.90
13.50
5.65
19.15
60%
$9.15
5.80
10.95
6.40
17.35
12.90
5.80
18.70
6.40
25.10
      *Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Resource Recovery Division. Based on original plant design cost estimates by
the National Center for Resource Recovery (NCRR), Midwest Research Institute (MRI), the General Electric Co. (GE), and other
proprietary sources ("X").
      tSum of "high" estimated values for all five of the following "other possible costs," including: (1) property taxes at 4.0% of
total investment; (2) land and unusual site work of $1.6 million at 7.0% per year interest; (3) residual waste disposal at $5.00 per
ton of waste ($1.00 per raw input ton); (4) shredded fuel transport at $3.00 per ton ($2,00 per raw input ton); and (5) nonplant
overhead charges of $1.00 per ton of raw waste processed.
either the particular values or, in some cases, even the
same  categories  of costs estimated in  the  original
design  source  documents.  Rather, they have been
applied to all the designs in our sample  as an added
means of normalizing the estimates for  comparative
purposes.
   Thus, the "other special cost" elements, taken as a
group, can add up to any value from zero to some
significant cost.  The maximum value for our com-
parative cases varies between $5.15 and $7.50  per
ton, depending on plant capital cost (a variable in the
property  tax cost function)  and level  of  capacity
utilization.  In the very  special case where "other
special costs" are all zero, then total processing cost is
the only cost to be balanced against product revenues
to  determine the  net  cost or- revenue  from  plant
operation.
            Net Revenue or Cost Results
   The final  step  in  the cost-estimating procedure
combines total product revenues with total costs to
yield net revenue (profit) or cost (dump fee). Table
35 presents four sets of net cost calculations for each
of the four case study designs to show the various
combinations.of:  high revenue with low cost; high
revenue with high cost; low revenue with  low cost;
and low revenue with high cost.
   The  first  two  net revenue calculations for each
plant represent the low and the high cost possibilities
as developed  in Table 34  in conjunction with  the
"high" ($15.85  per ton) total revenue estimate from
Table  31. The  first net revenue  line  (for Case  1)
indicates positive net revenues for all plants. Thus, so
long as "high" revenues can be combined with costs
that  do  not   exceed  standard  process  cost  by
substantial amounts, all four plants appear profitable
at the current estimated value for Case  1 conditions.
Even when a maximum "other special cost" sum (see
Case  2, Table 35) is charged,  NCRR/EPA remains
profitable even at the 60-percent capacity utilization
rate, and both  MRI/EPA and  Plant X continue to
show net revenue at high utilization rates.

-------
 72
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                  TABLE 35
                 SUMMARY OF ALTERNATIVE NET REVENUE (COST) CALCULATIONS FOR FOUR
                       PRELIMINARY PLANT DESIGNS AT TWO ALTERNATIVE CAPACITY
                                            UTILIZATION RATES*
                                     (Per ton of raw waste input, 1974 cost base)
NCRR/EPA
Capacity utilization

High-revenue cases:
Case 1 : High-revenue estimate
with process cost only
Total product revenue
Less: total process costt
Less: min. other special
costs
Equals: net revenue
Case 2: High-revenue estimate
with maximum other special
costs
Total product revenue
Less: total process costt
Less: max. other special
costs
Equals: net revenue
(cost)
Low-revenue cases:
Case 3: Low-revenue estimate
with process cost only
Total product revenue
Less: total process costt
Less: min. other special
costs
Equals: net revenue
(cost)
Case 4: Low-revenue estimate
with maximum other special
costs
Total product revenue
Less: total process costt
Less: max. other special
costs
Equals: net revenue
(cost)
90%



$15.85
6.45

-
$ 9.40



$15.85
6.45

5.15

$ 4.25



$ 3.40
6.45

—

($ 3.05)



$ 3.40
6.45

5.15

($ 8.20)
60%



$15.85
8.25

-
$ 7.60



$15.85
8.25

5.65

$ 1.95



$ 3.40
8.25

-

($ 4.85)



$ 3.40
8.25

5.65

($10.50)
MRI/EPA
Capacity utilization
90%



$15.85
8.90

—
$ 6.95



$15.85
8.90

6.05

$ 0.90



$ 3.40
8.90

—

($ 5.50)



$ 3.40
8.90

6.05

($11.55)
60%



$15.85
11.80

—
$ 4.05



$15.85
11.80

7.00

($ 2.95)



$ 3.40
11.80

—

($ 8.40)



$ 3.40
11:80

7.00

($15.40)
GE/EPA
Capacity utilization
90%



$15.85
10.55

-
$ 5.30



$15.85
10.55

6.40

($ 1.10)



$ 3.40
10.55

—

($ 7.15)



$ 3.40
10.55

6.40

($13.55)
60%



$15.85
14.00

-
$ 1.85



$15.85
14.00

7.50

($ 5.65)



$ 3.40
14.00

-

($10.60)



$ 3.40
14.00

7.50

($18.10)
"X'VEPA
Capacity utilization
90%



$15.85
8.35

-
$ 7.50



$15.85
8.35

5.65

$ 1.85



$ 3.40
8.35

—

($ 4.95)



$ 3.40
8.35

5.65

($10.60)
60%



$15.85
10.95

—
$ 4.90



$15.85
10.95

6.40

($ 1.50)



$ 3.40
10.95

-

($ 7.55)



$ 3.40
10.95

6.40

($13.95)
      *Office of Solid Waste Management Programs, Resource Recovery Division. Based on original plant design cost estimates by
the National Center for  Resource Recovery (NCRR), Midwest Research Institute (MRI),  General Electric Co. (GE), and other
proprietary sources ("X").
      tSum of capital cost and O and M cost from Table 34. Capital cost based on  10-percent annual fixed-charge rate (capital
recovery).

-------
                               RESOURCE RECOVERY PLANT COST ESTIMATES
                                               73
   For the low-revenue ($3.40 per ton) Cases 3 and 4,
net  revenue disappears,  even  where  low  costs are
involved. Results for Case 3 show net costs of about
$3.00 to $7.00 per ton at 90-percent utilization rates
and  $5.00  to  $11.00  at low  capacity  rates.  It is
noteworthy that the net costs in this line are still
generally competitive with landfill costs  in many, if
not most, highly urbanized areas.
   The final  "bottom  line"  (Case 4 of Table 35)
represents   the   worst   situation  with  respect to
resource recovery-i.e., low  revenue combined with
highest possible  cost for the plant cases presented.
Even the results for this worst-case resource recovery
alternative are encouraging, however, because net cost
estimates  for  all plants remain competitive  with
conventional incineration.
   A number of caveats must  be made.  The first is
that the results in Table 35 all assume the low (public
sector)  10-percent capital recovery  rate.  Costs in-
crease under a strict private-enterprise rate of return
formulation. However, a privately financed facility, if
well  managed  and  strategically located, could be
profitable under some realistic locational  and market
circumstances.  Another  point that must  be kept in
mind is that all the basic cost estimates are themselves
subject  to  substantial possibilities for error. No such
plant has yet been constructed or operated, and all
costs are based on preliminary design estimates rather
than  final  detailed design figures. Further, a serious
effort has  been made to present costs on a national
average basis, and many of our urban areas will have
costs at least  10 to 15 percent higher  than these
estimates on the basis of location alone.
   Finally,  it  should  be noted that the present
analysis does not evaluate the question of "economies
of scale"  for plants of different design capacities.
Generally one would expect that, other things being
equal, plants smaller than those in the study sample
would show higher capital and operating costs per ton
than  the estimates presented here. Conversely, larger
plants might result  in  somewhat lower  unit costs.
However, an analysis of the economies  of scale is
beyond the scope of this study.
         SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
   The  Environmental  Protection Agency  has ana-
lyzed a  number of engineering design conceptions for
the next generation  of shredded-fuel recovery plants
based  on  the St.  Louis prototype. Existing cost
estimates prepared  by  engineering  consultant  and
system  development  companies are  not  directly
comparable with one another because of differences
in  estimating  methods,  accounting  formats,  and
location-specific costing factors. Therefore five recent
preliminary design cost  studies  were normalized to
produce comparable cost estimates representative of
the  degree  of consensus  within  the  engineering
community.
   The  results  indicate  the   differences   in  cost
estimates among  design conceptions and  engineering
firms are still quite significant, even after adjustments
for location,  time, and other nonstandard elements of
costing  procedure. However,  the differences are no
greater than might be expected given the present state
of technological development and lack of operating
commercial prototypes.  Indeed, differences  in basic
capital  and operating costs attributable to  different
technical  engineering  conceptions are in many re-
spects   of  less  consequence  than  the  differences
introduced by the use of alternative costing methods
and location-specific cost factors.
   Analysis of normalized cost estimates and alterna-
tive product  selling-price projections indicates that
potential net cost projections will fall in a very broad
range from positive to negative. The results suggest
that there  could be some  favorable cases where
operation of this type of processing plant will yield a
profit from sales  of product, exclusive of dump fees.
Intermediate cases-i.e., those which combine either
high revenue with high cost or low revenue with low
cost-generally appear competitive  with current or
projected landfill costs  in many if not most U.S.
cities. All cases using low-cost (public sector) financ-
ing options, including even the highest cost case-study
plant, were at least competitive  with conventional
municipal incineration.
   From a project planning  and evaluation stand-
point, three conclusions of the analysis merit special
emphasis:
   1.  The relative importance of total revenue, and
the very large absolute differences between high and
low estimates of revenue. The most significant aspects
of uncertainty relate to the potential market value of
the  largest  volume  product,  the   shredded  fuel.
Differences between "high" and "low" shredded-fuel

-------
 74
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
selling  price  estimates  account for  most of  the
difference  between a  $16.00  and  a $3.00 total
product revenue per ton of raw waste processed. This
price difference  dwarfs almost  all other elements of
the net cost and revenue estimates.

   2. The significance of maintaining reasonably high
capacity  utilization rates.  This  is  evident in  the
comparisons for individual plants where differences in
net cost of $2.00 to over $4.00 per ton consistently
result  for  estimates  at  the  90  percent versus 60
percent  capacity utilization  rates. The high cost of
failure  to maintain high capacity  utilization  levels
underlines the importance of sound planning and high
quality management.

   3. The cumulative importance of "other special
cost"  elements.  If costs  are  divided into  three
categories as in Table 34, it comes as something of a
surprise that "other costs" can be larger in total than
either the standard  capital cost  or the operating-and-
maintenance processing cost categories. The  potential
cumulative  effect of these items on the overall  net
                            cost  picture   suggests  that  they  are  worthy  of
                            considerable attention by planners and designers.

                                              REFERENCES

                            1. Smith, F. A. An evaluation of  the  cost of recovering
                                          dry-shredded fuel and  material  resources
                                          from mixed community solid waste. Wash-
                                          ington,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
                                          Agency, Office  of Solid Waste Management
                                          Programs, Resource Recovery Division, Aug.
                                          20,  1974. various  pagings.  (Unpublished
                                          report.)
                            2. Materials  recovery system; engineering feasibility study.
                                          Washington, National  Center for  Resource
                                          Recovery, Inc.,  Dec. 1972. various pagings.
                            3. Cost analysis for  the New Orleans resource recovery and
                                          disposal   program,  Washington,  National
                                          Center for Resource Recovery, Inc., 1974.
                                          108 p.
                            4. Franklin,  W. E.,  et al. Resource recovery processes for
                                          mixed municipal solid wastes; part I—techni-
                                          cal review and economic analysis.  [Environ-
                                          mental Protection  Publication  SW-101.]
                                          [Cincinnati], U.S.  Environmental  Protec-
                                          tion Agency, 1973. 67 p.
                            5. Godfrey,  D.  E.,  et al.  [General  Electric  Company.]
                                          Preliminary design of  a solid waste separa-
                                          tion plant;  final report. Hartford, Conn.,
                                          State of Connecticut  Department of Envi-
                                          ronmental Protection, July 1973. 208 p.

-------
                                         Chapter 6

            STATUS OF WASTE REDUCTION EFFORTS AND
     IMPLEMENTATION OF RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEMS
   The  foregoing  chapters presented  technical  de-
scriptions of waste reduction measures and resource
recovery systems. This chapter discusses the status of
waste reduction efforts by private industry,  States,
and  localities,  and the  status of  resource recovery
system implementation and the issues that affect the
rate of implementation.
         WASTE REDUCTION EFFORTS
   The emergence of waste reduction  as an issue of
significance in  both resource and waste management
planning has been  aided  by two  concurrent  but
unrelated forces: the growth and widespread accept-
ance of the environmental ethic proclaimed on Earth
Day  1970, and the energy and material shortages that
became  apparent  in  late 1972.  These forces have
resulted in  some important achievements during the
past  several years.  A number of legislative actions
have been taken at both the State and local level to
achieve  waste  reduction,  and  representatives of
several major governmental and public interest organi-
zations have called for waste reduction actions as a
major  approach  to solving our  nation's resource
conservation and waste management problems. Addi-
tionally, many  industries have  either reduced  the
variety of products they manufacture  or redesigned
their products  to conserve the resources that are in
short supply. More universal adoption of the  waste
reduction ethic nevertheless has been hampered both
by a lack of information on methods for accomplish-
ing waste reduction and by the long-established habit
of viewing  resources as  readily  available and in-
expensive.

                Industry Efforts
   Perhaps no development has caught industry more
off guard than the epidemic of resource shortages and
resultant price rises on basic commodities that struck
the United States economy in late 1972 and 1973
and continues through to the present. By mid-1973,
shortages had been reported for such basic materials
as paper,  steel, plastics, aluminum, and crude oil.
Since 1972, price increases of between 30 and 40
percent have been reported for aluminum, steel, and
petrochemicals. Crude oil prices alone have risen by
over 100 percent since the beginning of 1972.
   These  shortages can be attributed to a number of
factors, including the quantity of materials exploit-
able at current technology and price levels, lack of
capacity in the materials  processing industries, and
continued pressure resulting from increasing material
and product demand. The critical question that arises
is whether these shortages  will continue throughout
the decade. If the world economy remains sluggish,
capacity shortages may well be significantly reduced
and  prices could level off. On the  other hand,
shortages and spiraling prices could reappear as soon
as economic growth accelerates.
   It is a combination of uncertainty coupled with
current resource shortages and price levels that have
caused many industries to reconsider their product
designs and selections.  Some of the changes have
begun  to occur  already.   Product lines are  being
pruned and consolidated  as more and  more com-
panies discard products with lower profit margins.
The  Aluminum Company  of America,  for example,
recently  announced that  it  will no  longer  manu-
facture  aluminum  foil,  despite  the  fact  that  it
previously produced an estimated 20 percent of the
$200 million market. Similarly, the foods division of
Castle & Cooke, Inc., has reduced its number of fruit
cuts and can sizes from 27  retail items to only 11 in
just two can sizes, 20-ounce and 8-ounce.
   The inflation of costs is a major factor in forcing a
corporate shift in emphasis away from volume growth
                                                75

-------
 76
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
 and toward profit growth. In the 1960's and early
 1970's, when production costs were relatively stable,
 greater volume meant more profit as soon  as fixed
 costs  were covered.  However, this has  changed as
 nearly all production costs continue to rise and profit
 margins shrink. The result is that many manufacturers
 are now discarding high-volume, low-margin products
 in favor of those items with higher margins and lower
 volumes.  Thus increased costs  are already tending to
 force  industry to  implement  waste  reduction prac-
 tices.
   As many companies have begun to pare down their
 product lines,  others have chosen to look carefully at
 individual product  designs in hopes  of  redesigning
 them  to  use  fewer  resources. Thus, the Campbell
 Soup  Company has designed and begun to market a
 new  tinplated drawn-and-ironed can with a tin-free
 steel  end for its dog food line. It is estimated that this
 can  uses  30  percent less  material,  which results
 directly in cost  savings.  As of September  1974,  a
 conventional  three-piece, soldered-seam tinplate  can
 cost  approximately $31.70 per thousand, while the
 drawn-and-ironed  can cost $23.25 per thousand,  a
 savings of approximately 36 percent.
   There are many other redesign efforts being made
to conserve resources and cut rising costs. The  St.
Regis  Paper Company, for example, has noted that
obtaining  more product from less material is now a
mandate because of paperboard shortages and mount-
ing costs. Thus the company has suggested many new
package designs to reduce board use, including  the
replacement  of top-loading  with end-loading con-
tainers, the increased use  of single-die-cut containers
instead of  containers with  multiple  interior  com-
ponents, and the standardization of container sizes.
   It  is  expected  that  industry  will  continue to
redesign  products if shortages and price increases
continue.  It is significant that  these product design
shifts   are  now  becoming  a  requirement  among
product designers and marketers; that is, resource  use
is  now a  high-priority consideration  in  the manu-
facture of a product. Once  this direction is firmly
established, the impacts upon resource use, environ-
mental pollution, and waste  generation can only be
positive.
      Present Activity by States and Localities
   Packaging control  legislation has been introduced
in 50  State legislatures and numerous county and city
                          councils since 1971. As of October 1974, three States
                          (Oregon, Vermont, and  South Dakota) had passed
                          laws relating strictly to  beer  and  soft drink con-
                          tainers, and one State (Minnesota) had passed a law
                          that affects  all  major  littered  items. Legislation
                          affecting beverage  containers has also been passed at
                          the  local  level-for  example,  in  Oberlin,  Ohio,
                          Loudoun  County, Virginia,  and  Bowie, Maryland,
                          although in the latter two localities the laws have not
                          been implemented due to legal challenges. A brief
                          discussion  of the  major  pieces of State legislation
                          follows:
                             Oregon.  A  mandatory deposit law  has been in
                          effect  in  Oregon since  October  1,  1972.  The
                          legislation  requires a minimum  2-cent  refund to
                          purchasers on the return  of "certified" containers of
                          beer, malt beverages, and carbonated soft drinks, and
                          a 5-cent refund on the return of all other containers
                          for those  beverages.  Certified containers are defined
                          as those used by,  and accepted for reuse by, more
                          than one manufacturer. In addition,  the law outlaws
                          the sale of flip-top or pull-tab beverage containers.
                             A preliminary review of the  effects of the Oregon
                          law is contained in the Second Report to Congress.
                          Since that time, a comprehensive report on  the  law
                          and its results has been released in draft form by the
                          State of  Oregon. That   report  indicates that  (1)
                          beverage container litter  has been decreased by an
                          estimated  66 percent,  (2) nonrefillable containers
                          have declined to 12 percent of the soft drink market
                          and 6 percent of the beer market, (3) sales of beer
                          and soft drinks have neither declined below the level
                          of  the year prior to enactment nor increased as in
                          previous years, (4) the price of beer and soft drinks to
                          the consumer has been lowered on  the average, (5)
                          refillable soft drink containers are being returned at a
                          rate of 96 percent and refillable beer containers at a
                          rate of  85  percent, (6)  the law has  decreased
                          container manufacturing  and canning industry profits
                          substantially due to  the  transition from nonreturn-
                          able to returnable containers, (7) significant job losses
                          have occurred  in  the container  manufacturing  and
                          canning  industries, and  (8) significant numbers of
                          jobs have been created in the brewing, soft drink,  and
                          retail sectors of the economy.
                              Vermont.  A mandatory law has been in effect in
                          Vermont  since September 1, 1973.  The legislation
                          requires  a  deposit  and   refund  of a  minimum of

-------
      STATUS OF WASTE REDUCTION EFFORTS AND IMPLEMENTATION OF RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEMS   77
5 cents on the purchase and return of all containers
for beer, malt beverages, and carbonated soft drinks.
The law also  requires  that  a  handling charge
equivalent to 20 percent of the deposit be paid by the
distributor to the retailer.
   This law has not  been in force  long enough to
allow  an evaluation  of its  effectiveness.  However,
preliminary  reports suggest a reduction in beverage
container litter, a sales decline for both beer and soft
drinks, an increase in employment (primarily in the
product  distribution  and retail industries), and a
heavy  burden on retailers, particularly those located
close to the border with New Hampshire, which does
not require a deposit on beverage containers.
   South  Dakota.  In  February  1974,  the  South
Dakota Legislature passed a law prohibiting the use of
beverage  containers  that are  not  "reusable" or
"biodegradable."  Definitions for these  terms will be
provided by  the State Secretary of Commerce. The
law becomes effective July 1, 1976.
   Minnesota.  In May 1973, the State of Minnesota
enacted a law designed to reduce the amount  and
change the  characteristics of  its solid wastes. The
legislation applies specifically to packaging wastes. It
grants  the   State  Pollution Control  Agency  the
authority  to  prohibit  the  introduction  of  new
package designs into  the  Minnesota market. Despite
considerable difficulty, guidelines under which  the
agency shall operate under this law were adopted by
the State Pollution Control  Board in October 1974.
No actions  have  yet  been taken under these newly
adopted regulations.
   Washington.  Legislation  was passed in Washing-
ton in  May  1971, placing an  annual assessment upon
manufacturers, wholesalers, and retailers of products
found  in litter, including containers  and packaging,
newspapers  and magazines, and food and beverages.
The rate of the special tax is $0.00015 per dollar of
sales made within the State. Funds collected under
the  statute  are used  for public  education on  the
subject of  littering,  studies of the effect of  the
legislation on littering behavior, and the placement of
litter receptacles in all public  places.

      Support of Public Interest Organizations
   Perhaps the strongest support for the implementa-
tion of  waste reduction policies has come  from
citizens groups and spokesmen for the public interest.
Basing 'their appeal upon both resource conservation
and solid waste management needs, these groups have
consistently called for a  national effort to decrease
the quantity of wastes generated.
   The National League of Cities and U.S. Conference
of Mayors, for example,  have urged a strong Federal
role  in waste reduction. Claiming  that the private
sector alone  cannot  restrict excessive waste genera-
tion, these two groups have called for the adoption of
regulatory  measures directed at products that result
in excessive solid waste and increased disposal prob-
lems.  Similarly,  an  environmental spokesman  has
noted  that "We can  no  longer afford to ignore the
broader implications of the  solid waste disposal crisis
facing cities across the country.  It is a crisis of raw
materials and energy management and policy-making
that will affect the country for years to come."
   The efforts of such groups have been hampered by
a  lack  of specific  information  on the  types  of
mechanisms most applicable to waste reduction. The
only specific waste reduction measure supported by a
large  number  of  public organizations, including the
National League of Cities,  the National Association of
Counties, the League of Women Voters, and all the
major environmental organizations,  ,is a mandatory
deposit  mechanism  for  all  beer  and soft  drink
containers.  Support  for  the  mechanism by public
interest groups has been  very vocal, and they have
testified in favor of legislation to establish mandatory
deposits at local, State, and Federal hearings.
       IMPLEMENTATION OF RESOURCE
             RECOVERY SYSTEMS
   One  important factor  in  the  implementation of
resource recovery systems, plant cost, was discussed
in the preceding chapter. Other  important  factors,
including environmental  impact,  technological risks,
market risks, legal constraints, availability of informa-
tion,  and availability of  financing,  are discussed in
this section; a summary of activities in selected  States
and communities is also presented.
         Environmental Impact of Resource
                Recovery Facilities
   The  environmental impact of resource  recovery
facilities will vary with the different types of systems.
The  systems  can  be analyzed  in two parts: (a)
feedstock preparation, including materials recovery,
and  (b) energy  conversion.  Feedstock  preparation
refers  to  the  handling   (receiving, conveying,  and

-------
 78
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
storage)  and processing  (shredding, pulping, and
classification) for  recovery of materials and prepara-
tion  of  the waste  for energy conversion.  Energy
conversion  is  the  chemical process (combustion,
pyrolysis,  or biodecomposition)  that converts  the
waste into energy.
   Feedstock  Preparation   and  Materials  Recov-
ery.   Feedstock preparation includes receiving, size
reduction (shredding or pulping),  classification, and
storage facilities. Potential emissions to the air, water,
and land, including noise and odor, are like those of
other  light  industry  and   can be  controlled  by
relatively simple  techniques. The most significant
emissions are: dust emitted  to  the air from cyclone
separators, waterborne contaminants resulting from
wash-down   of  waste-handling  areas,  noise  from
delivery  truck traffic and from processing equipment,
and  odors.  The  dust can  be controlled  by  dust
collectors,  the waterborne contaminants  by filtration
and  discharge  to sanitary  sewers,   the  noise by
selective  routing of  trucks and  enclosures for equip-
ment,  and the  odors by means of enclosures for all
areas in which wastes are handled.
   Energy  Conversion.   There are four predominant
types of  energy conversion units:

   Waterwall Incinerators. Federal  standards of per-
formance for new stationary sources (SPNSS) have
been promulgated  to control  emissions from incinera-
tors. All incinerators built after 1971 must comply
with SPNSS. Federal water pollution control stand-
ards also apply to the potential pollution associated
with  water used  for  cooling  bottom  ash  and  for
operating air pollution control devices (scrubbers).

   Powerplant  Boilers. SPNSS have not been  devel-
oped for firing solid waste in combination with fossil
fuels  in  utility  or  industrial  powerplant  boilers.
SPNSS   specifically  indicate  that  retrofitting an
existing  boiler  (defined by  SPNSS  as  a boiler  in
service or under construction in 1971) to fire solid
waste  does not constitute a "modification"  which
would require a  boiler to  comply  with SPNSS.
Therefore,  retrofitted existing boilers shall continue
to be  under the authority of State and local ambient
air quality standards.
   Air emission  tests have been conducted at only
one location: the Union Electric Company's Meramec
                          Plant, where solid waste is burned with coal as part of
                          an energy recovery demonstration supported by an
                          EPA grant to the city of St. Louis. A summary of the
                          results of those tests is presented in the Appendix.
                             There is  a potential for water pollution  from
                          settling  ponds that  receive ash removed  by water
                          (sluiced) from the bottom of the furnace. Analysis of
                          settling pond effluents has not been completed.
                             Pyrolysis Reactors. Pyrolysis reactors were devel-
                          oped  to convert waste  to energy using little or no
                          ambient (excess) air,  thus  minimizing or eliminating
                          discharge  of  gases  to  the environment.  Tests of
                          pilot-scale systems indicate that SPNSS can  be met,
                          and all  full-scale  systems will  be required to meet
                          SPNSS for incinerators.
                             Anaerobic  Digesters.  Anaerobic digesters have not
                          been  developed  to- a  scale sufficient  for testing  the
                          potential  air  and  water  emissions.  Based  upon
                          laboratory experience, however, air emissions appear
                          to be negligible  and  water emissions appear to be
                          controllable.
                                    Constraints to Energy Recovery
                                       System Implementation
                             The systems discussed in Chapters 3, 4, and 5 are
                          being evaluated for possible implementation by many
                          communities  across the country. The experiences of
                          communities   in  implementing  resource recovery
                          systems indicate  that there are a number  of con-
                          straints, some of which are discussed below.

                             Technical and Market Risks.  Resource recovery
                          technologies  and economics  have  not been  com-
                          pletely demonstrated and evaluated, although  systems
                          are currently  being marketed and constructed. Some
                          technologies have been projected to  operate at an
                          economically attractive  cost relative  to other solid
                          waste management  alternatives. Since most  systems
                          have not yet  been operated on a full-scale, however,
                          there  is some uncertainty  about  their  long-term
                          technical and economic feasibility. This uncertainty
                          results in  difficult negotiations over the sharing of
                          risks among the parties concerned. The two major
                          types of risks are technical and marketing risks.
                             Technical Risks. Technical risks include costs and
                          system  operating performance,  i.e., the ability of the
                          system  to perform as designed  at the estimated cost.
                          These uncertainties   can  be reduced only  through

-------
     STATUS OF WASTE REDUCTION EFFORTS AND IMPLEMENTATION OF RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEMS
                                                                                                       79
operation of the system at full scale on a continuous
basis.
   Marketing  Risks.  The  economic  success  of a
recovery  system  depends  on continuing revenues
from product sales. If the product cannot be sold or
can be sold only at a discount, the projected net cost
will not be realized. This could jeopardize a system's
ability to meet bond payments.
   Long-term market commitments must therefore be
sought from the purchasers of recovered energy and
materials. These commitments are difficult to secure
because potential  buyers  have had little  experience
with products recovered from mixed municipal waste.
Frequently buyers will stipulate a trial period before
signing  a long-term  contract. Thus  "chicken-and-
egg" situations develop: A system  cannot be con-
structed  until  bonds  are sold.  Bonds cannot  be
sold unless long-term market commitments are signed
with buyers of recovered products.  Buyers will  not
sign long-term market commitments until the system
has actually  operated  and  produced over a trial
period.
   Marketing  risks and  barriers  are  not altogether
related to the quality  of recovered products; some
may be  more institutional than  technical in nature.
For example,  utilities may be reluctant to purchase
shredded waste for  use  as  a fuel because of  the
industry's traditional use  of  fossil fuels, their regu-
lated economic structure, or uncertainties as to future
air pollution standards for burning of solid waste  as a
fuel.
   In summary, risk related to  technical, economic,
and market  uncertainties  is  by  itself a  sufficiently
strong   force  to  impede  or  delay  many future
implementations, especially because procurements are
determined by public works departments that typi-
cally have not dealt before with similar risks. Risk
will be reduced when more full-scale systems become
operational and the information from these systems is
made available.
   Inadequate  Information   and Planning.   Inade-
quate information is an impediment to any decision-
making process, but it may be a  special hindrance in
resource  recovery implementation because of  the
rather complex technological, economic, and market-
ing considerations.  Lack of  information impacts at
the critical  phases of  planning,  system selection,
procurement, and financing. Although comprehensive
 information  based on  actual operations is  not yet
 available on the different recovery systems, decision-
 makers considering resource recovery as a solid waste
 disposal option can and should be aware of the range,
 general applicability, and stage of development of the
 technical  alternatives that are  being demonstrated
 today.
   The selection of an appropriate resource recovery
 system for  a specific  locality  is  a complicated
 endeavor  involving analyses  of marketing, manage-
 ment,  financial, technical, and legal issues. The failure
 of municipalities to recognize the importance of the
 planning  process, hire  appropriate  consultants  to
 guide them, and carry out the planning properly has
 slowed or impeded system implementation.
   Legal Constraints.   There  are a  variety of State
 laws that could  delay  or jeopardize the future im-
 plementation  of resource recovery  systems. Three
 specific types are particularly important:
   Laws Restricting Contract Length. Cities often are
 prohibited from  signing long-term  contracts  for (a)
 the purchase of a service or (b) the sale of a product.
 Laws outlawing such contracts effectively preclude a
 city from entering into a turnkey contract or  a
 full-service agreement by which a corporation offers
 to build,  operate, and  manage  a resource recovery
 system for the life of the facility.
   Laws Requiring "Split-Bidding."  In split-bidding
 of construction work, the wiring, the plumbing, the
 bricks  and mortar, etc.,  are bid for separately.  This
 complicates the procurement of proprietary systems.
   Competitive Bidding  Laws. "Lowest responsible
 bidder" laws require that procurements be awarded
 on a cost basis.  Awarding contracts on a cost basis
 alone makes it difficult  for a city to compare other
 important relative measures such as a firm's financial
capability and its technical, marketing, and operating
experience.
   "Lowest  responsible bidder" and other procure-
ment laws were instituted for public-sector purchase
 of risk-free, off-the-shelf technology. They  do not
work particularly well when applied to the procure-
ment of a somewhat  risky resource  recovery system
because  such a   purchase, by its   nature,   almost
requires a negotiating period before final signing  of
the contract.  During  the negotiation period,  risk
apportionment (between  public and private sector)
and  specifications for  the  products  and waste

-------
 80
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
processing can be determined. Unfortunately, reallo-
cation  of risk  alters costs.  Competitive  bidding
requirements usually make negotiations and revisions
of cost illegal.
   Although  some laws may act as impediments, they
usually  are not absolute barriers to system implemen-
tation.  In many cases where laws would adversely
affect  contract  finalizations,  cities  may  petition
States for changes in laws or exceptions to the laws.

              Availability of Financing
   There  are  two basic sources of capital  to finance
resource recovery plants: equity  financing and debt
financing.  Thus  far,  the  economic  return  on invest-
ments in resource recovery plants has been  too low to
attract  equity capital. Therefore, most of the focus in
plant financing has been on  bond market  sources of
funds:  general obligation (GO) bonds of State and
local governments,  municipal  or industrial revenue
bonds, and corporate bonds (Table 36).
   In times of relative capital shortages, debt financ-
ing  for recovery plants  is very  difficult  to obtain
unless the debt  is viewed  by investors  as "secure,"
i.e., backed  by  a municipality (GO bonds) or by a
corporation with large financial assets.
   Also,  the capital  markets,  especially  the debt
"track  record" must be developed before extensive
solid-waste-related industries.  Information  and  a
                          "track record" must be developed before extensive
                          revenue bond financing of resource recovery systems
                          will be available.
                             Corporate Bond Financing.   Recent studies and
                          selected  examples  suggest  that  resource  recovery
                          plant  financing through corporate  bonds  may be
                          difficult  to obtain.  Numerous  public and  private
                          authorities  project capital to  be  in short supply for
                          the next  10 years. For example, the New York Stock
                          Exchange estimated  that by  1985  cumulative  de-
                          mands for capital expenditures in the private sector
                          would  be  $4.7  trillion, while  cumulative  capital
                          supply  would  total  $4.05 trillion. This indicates a
                          $650 billion cumulative shortfall over that period.
                             When  capital is scarce, projects or corporations
                          that have less  than Aa or A bond ratings will have a
                          progressively more difficult time in raising substantial
                          amounts  of money in the market. For example, in
                          1974  (a tight money  period),  Baa  corporations,
                          corporations that have been  rated relatively  "risky"
                          by the bond-rating agencies,  were not able to float
                          any bonds  over $50 million,  according to a leading
                          investment  banking firm. These "risky" corporations,
                          including such firms as  Jones and  Laughlin, White
                          Motors, Western Union, and Western Pacific Railroad,
                          are better established and have  better bond ratings
                          than all but a  few firms currently marketing resource
                          recovery systems.
                                                 TABLE 36
                        BOND FINANCING OPTIONS FOR RESOURCE RECOVERY PLANTS
            Type
                                                          Issuer
                                                                  Security
Corporate bond
General obligation bond
Municipal revenue bond
Industrial revenue bond
(Pollution control revenue bond)
                  Private company
                  State or local government
                  State or local government
                  or special authority

                  State or local government
Faith and credit
of the company

Faith and credit
of the government
entity

Project revenues
Faith and credit
of the
corporation*
      * Traditionally these bonds have financed pollution control facilities that in reality have no revenue stream. The "revenue"
aspect of the bond is the periodic payment from the corporation to the city to retire the obligation. Legally the corporation is
responsible to the bondholder. However, with both these bonds and municipal revenue bonds, a contractual agreement may be
drawn up in which the municipality pledges an unconditional "put or pay," i.e., agreement to pay a set amount whether waste is
delivered or not, and also to escalate dump fees in the event of reduced plant output sales or cost increases. If a city will "put or
pay," these bonds are viewed essentially as general obligation bonds.

-------
      STATUS OF WASTE REDUCTION EFFORTS AND IMPLEMENTATION OF RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEMS    81
   General Obligation Bond Financing.   Though sev-
eral  indicators point to possible shortages of private
capital  over the  next  10  years,  the funding  of
resource recovery plants  through municipal  general
obligation bonds remains a possibility. There does not
appear  to  be any significant prospect of a major
shortage of funds for  GO bond markets at State or
local levels. Thus, public agencies that  are willing to
extend   their  general  obligation   debt  for these
purposes  should  not  have  difficulty  in obtaining
capital.  Decisions  of municipal officials on GO bond
financing of recovery plants are dependent on several
questions. One is simply whether the city is willing to
assume  the full  capital responsibility and associated
risk for  a plant. Some municipalities have been willing
to assume this risk, while others have been reluctant.
   The  Municipal  Financial  Officers Association re-
ports that  most cities are not near their statutory
debt  ceiling; thus, this factor should not constrain
municipal GO bond financing.  However, financing of
a  recovery plant  with GO  bonds  would generally
require  voter approval and might require an increase
in taxes, a politically unpopular action.
   The  potential   impact on the  overall   general
obligation  bond  markets  of increased  municipal
recovery plant  financing can be  predicted.  The
Federal  Reserve predicts a total outstanding State and
local  debt obligation in 1980 of $370 billion and in
1985 of $548 billion, up  from $189 billion in 1973.
This is the predicted level of State and  local funding
considering  both  demand  and  supply of  capital.
Assuming that 30 municipally financed plants  costing
an average of $50 million  each  are constructed by
1980, capital requirements  would  total only  $1.5
billion,  a negligible fraction of total  outstanding debt
by 1985. On a yearly basis, the  Federal  Reserve
prediction suggests an increase annually of about $25
billion in outstanding debt  (net increase taking into
account new obligations and retirements). Even if as
many as 15 plants were financed in  a single year (an
unlikely occurrence),  the recovery plant financing
would constitute  only  3 percent  of the increase in
State and local debt in that year.  Thus, it appears
unlikely that general  obligation bond financing of
recovery plants would have any significant impact on
municipal bond markets in the aggregate.
   Revenue  Bond  Financing.  Revenue bonds  are
similar to general  obligation bonds  except that they
are guaranteed by the  revenues of a project, not by
the  full  faith  and  credit  of  a  State  or  local
government. Because resource recovery technology is
relatively unproven  and  realization  of  projected
revenues is  uncertain,  revenue bonds are somewhat
more difficult  to sell, unless they are backed by the
full faith and credit  of a public or private corpora-
tion.  However,  if private, the corporation must be
large  and well financed to  attract potential  bond
purchasers,  who are not willing to take risks on new
technology  with small  corporations.  In the case of a
public corporation,   a  city or State  must agree to
guarantee the  bonds in order to  reduce the bond-
holders' risk in financing a new technology.
   Availability  of State Financing.   A final  factor
that can influence recovery  plant  financing is  State
programs for such financing. The funding levels of
many of these  programs are small relative to resource
recovery plant  costs. To date only  one  State, New
York,  has grant funds  sufficient to influence  plant
financing significantly,  and only one State,  Connecti-
cut, has a large bond authorization.
   Summary.   It appears that financing of recovery
plants  through  corporate  bonds  or revenue  bonds
over the next  5 or 10 years  could be  difficult.
However, general obligation bond financing  should be
possible. Pollution control revenue  bond  financing
should be available if backed by a major corporation
or if tied (by contract) to a guaranteed coverage of
plant  costs  by  cities. States  will  provide  some
financing but the amount is  unclear. Thus, there is
evidence to  indicate  that there is  not, nor  will  there
be, a major capital availability problem for resource
recovery systems.

        Present Activities in States and Cities
   Developments in  technology combined with envi-
ronmental and economic pressures described earlier
continue  to encourage  initiatives at  the State and
local levels.'
   State  Activities.   As of March 1975,  10 States
had grant or loan programs for the construction of
resource recovery systems (Table 37); 12 States were
involved in  planning  or regulating resource recovery
activities on a statewide basis; and five States had the
authority to  create  agencies  to  operate  resource
recovery facilities. In this last group, the Connecticut
Resources  Recovery Authority  is  the  only  such

-------
82
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                               TABLE 37
                  SUMMARY OF STATE INITIATIVES IN RESOURCE RECOVERY, MARCH 1975
States with grant
or loan programs
California
Florida
Illinois
Maryland
Michigan
Minnesota
New York
Pennsylvania
Tennessee
Washington


States involved in planning
or regulation
California
Connecticut
Florida
Hawaii
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota
New York
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
Vermont
Wisconsin
States with operating
authority
Connecticut
Florida
Michigan
Rhode Island
Wisconsin







agency  that  has  been funded and  has committed
funds to construction. A summary  of activities in
selected States follows:
   California.  In  1972,  the  California  Legislature
enacted the Solid Waste  Management and  Resource
Recovery  Act. The Act established a Solid  Waste
Management  Board, required  all  counties  to  adopt
solid waste management plans to be approved by the
State board,  placed priority upon resource recovery,
and mandated the Solid Waste Management Board to
develop a State resource recovery plan. A draft has
been  completed  and is being circulated for public
review.
   Connecticut. As a result of a comprehensive State
plan developed by  the Connecticut  Department of
Environmental  Protection, the State legislature cre-
ated the Connecticut Resources Recovery Authority
(CRRA). The Authority is  implementing  the plan,
which  calls  for  the construction  of  10 resource
recovery facilities  by 1985  that will process 84
percent of  the  State's waste. CRRA has been given
$250 million bonding authority for facility construc-
tion.  During formulation   of the  plan,  the  U.S.
Environmental  Protection Agency funded a  study
which gave the State an independent commentary of
the proposed legislation, provided a framework for
evaluation  of proposed projects,  made management
and   organization  recommendations,  and  recom-
mended financing mechanisms. Garrett Research and
Development Company has been selected to build the
first plant in Bridgeport, and Combustion Equipment
Associates, Inc., has been selected to build the second
                          plant in  New Britain to serve the Greater Hartford
                          area.
                             Florida. In mid-1974, Florida enacted legislation
                          creating  a  Resource  Recovery and Management
                          Advisory  Council  and  mandating a  State resource
                          recovery  program.  The Council is currently develop-
                          ing the plan.
                             Hawaii.  In 1971, the Hawaii Legislature enacted
                          legislation calling for the development of a  Hawaii
                          State Plan  for  Solid Waste Recycling.  This plan,
                          completed in 1973, is currently being implemented.
                          The  State has set aside land in the harbor area of
                          Honolulu as a centralized park and has invested in the
                          design of  a plant to convert organic wastes to oil. A
                          pilot plant is expected to be constructed sometime in
                          1976.
                             Illinois.  The  State  Division  of Land Pollution
                          Control is initiating a $3 million grant program for
                          solid  waste  management   planning  and  resource
                          recovery demonstrations.
                             Massachusetts. The Commonwealth of Massachu-
                          setts  is  implementing  a  resource  recovery plan.
                          Proposals  have  been  requested  for  a plant  in  the
                          Greater Lawrence  area,  the first implementation
                          region.  The plan features a  system of  privately
                          financed,  privately  operated,  State-controlled  re-
                          source recovery plants.
                             Maryland. The  Maryland Environmental Service
                          (MES), a State  agency  responsible for sewage and
                          solid  waste  management, is authorized  to  provide
                          grants or  loans  for resource recovery facilities.  In
                          1972,  MES  loaned  $4 million  to  the city  of

-------
      STATUS OF WASTE REDUCTION EFFORTS AND IMPLEMENTATION OF RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEMS    83
Baltimore  to  construct  the  $16  million  EPA-
supported resource recovery demonstration plant.
   Michigan.  Late in  1974,  the State enacted legisla-
tion to develop  a State  resource recovery  plan by
1978 and  to authorize the  State to construct and
operate facilities,  to  contract for services, to issue
revenue bonds,  and  to make loans  to  local govern-
ments.
   Minnesota. A $3.5 million solid waste disposal and
resource recovery grant program,  which was author-
ized  by  the State  legislature in  1973,  is  being
implemented  by  the Minnesota  Pollution  Control
Authority. Grants totaling  approximately $800,000
have been made to support  solid waste  planning and
resource recovery feasibility  studies.
   New York. In 1972,  New York  State voters
approved  a $1.1  billion Environmental Bond, which
included $175 million for  solid waste disposal and
resource recovery facilities. The regulations provide
for State funding of up to 25 percent of the cost of
solid waste disposal projects and up to  50 percent of
the cost of resource recovery projects. To date, $116
million has   been appropriated  for  17  resource
recovery projects.  Funds will be released  to  each
grantee upon completion of contractor  selection and
system design.
  Pennsylvania. In 1974, the Pennsylvania Legislature
enacted  the   Pennsylvania  Solid  Waste  Resource
Recovery  Development Act,  creating  a  State  loan
program for  local resource  recovery projects. Rules
and  regulations  for  the  program are now  being
drafted. The  program  will make $20 million in loans
available for  design  and construction of  resource
recovery facilities.
   Rhode  Island. In 1974, the Rhode Island Legisla-
ture created  the Rhode Island Solid Waste Recovery
Management  Corporation.  The legislation that created
the corporation is the result of the State Solid Waste
Management  Plan and is modeled after  the Connecti-
cut resource  recovery legislation. The U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, through a  grant to Rhode
Island, assisted in preparation of the State plan. The
corporation,  which would arrange for  construction
and operation of facilities, has not been funded.
   Tennessee. In  early 1974,  the State  legislature
authorized a $10 million  resource recovery  loan
program.  Regulations  are  being  drafted  for  the
implementation   of   this  program  with  technical
assistance from  the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.
   Vermont.  The State solid  waste plan calls  for
mandatory separation of wastes by  the householder
and  the  construction  of  four  regional  resource
recovery  facilities.  The  proposed  implementation
legislation  failed  to pass in  1973, but  could  be
reintroduced this year. Chittenden County is planning
a  pilot implementation of the proposed  plan that
should be operational in 1976.
   Washington. The  State is  implementing a 6-year,
$30  million resource  recovery loan and grant pro-
gram. Grants have been made to several communities
to  support  solid  waste  planning  and small-scale
materials recovery operations.
   Wisconsin.  The  State  created  a  Solid   Waste
Recycling Authority with powers  to  plan,  design,
finance,  construct, acquire, lease, contract, operate,
and  maintain  resource  recovery   facilities  within
designated recycling  regions.  Three initial recycling
regions, encompassing 11 counties,  have been  estab-
lished. Funds have  been  appropriated for  the au-
thority's initial costs. The law also establishes bonding
authority for construction of facilities. The authority,
which  is now being  formed,  is awaiting a Wisconsin
Supreme  Court   decision on  technical  issues  of  its
legislative charter.  Full funding and operation are
expected by fall  1975.
   Local Activities.   Resource recovery systems are
operating in five  cities around the country (Table 38);
another seven are under construction or are in  the
startup phase; and at least 50 other communities are
active in studying or implementing resource recovery
systems. A summary of activities in selected commun-
ities follows:

   Ames, Iowa. The city is building a 200-ton-per-day
(TPD)  resource recovery facility that will produce a
shredded fuel  supplement for the city-owned electric
utility  plant.  The  plant will also  recover  ferrous
metals, aluminum, and a glass-rich aggregate.
   Baltimore,  Maryland. With demonstration  grant
assistance from EPA and a loan from the Maryland
Environmental Service, the city is in the  startup phase
of its 1,000-TPD pyrolysis plant to generate steam for
heating downtown buildings. For more information,
see Appendix.

-------
84
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                               TABLE 38
                  SUMMARY OF IMPLEMENTATIONS OF RECOVERY SYSTEMS, AUGUST 1975
Systems in Systems under Communities
Systems selected* .
operation construction comnuttedt
Braintree, Mass. Ames, Iowa Hempstead, N.Y. Akron, Ohio
11 South Charleston, § Baltimore, Md. Monroe County, N.Y. Cleveland, Ohio
W.Va. Bridgeport, Conn. New Britain, Conn. Dade County, Fla.
§ Franklin, Ohio Chicago, 111. St. Louis, Mo. (expansion) Housatonic Valley, Conn.
Nashville, Tenn. Milwaukee, Wis. §San Diego, Calif. Lane County, Oreg.
§St. Louis, Mo. New Orleans, La. Lawrence, Mass.
Saugus, Mass. Lexington, Ky.
Memphis, Tenn.
Minneapolis, Minn.
Montgomery County, Ohio
New York, N.Y.
Onondaga County, N.Y.
Portland, Oreg.
Seattle, Wash.
Westchester County, N.Y.
gWilmington, Del.























Communities with
expressed interest |
Albany, N.Y.
Allegheny County, Pa.
Auburn, Maine
Brevard County, Fla.
Boston, Mass.
Charlottesville, Va.
Chemung County, N.Y.
Dallas, Tex.
De Kalb County, Ga.
Denver, Colo.
Detroit, Mich.
Dubuque, Iowa
Erie County, N.Y.
Fairmont, Minn.
Grand Rapids, Mich.
Hackensack, N.J.
Hamilton County, Ohio
Hennepin County, Minn.
Knoxville, Tenn.
Little Rock, Ark.
Long Beach, Calif.
Los Angeles, Calif.
Madison, Wise.
Montgomery County, Md.
Middlesex County, N.J.
Newark, N.J.
Niagara County, N.Y.
Peninsula Planning
District, Va.
Philadelphia, Pa.
Phoenix, Ariz.
Pinellas County, Fla.
Richmond, Va.
Salt Lake City, Utah
Southeastern Virginia
Planning District, Va.
Springfield, Mo.
Toledo, Ohio
Washington, D.C.
     *Winner of request for proposals has been selected or a construction contract has been awarded.
     t Communities have issued an RFP, have a design study underway, or have made construction funding available.
     If. Includes communities that have completed or are conducting feasibility studies.
     SEP A solid waste demonstration grant.
     11 Large-scale private test facility.
   Braintree, Massachusetts. The city has been operat-
ing a 240-TPD waterwall incinerator since 1971. It
was  not until recently  that the city developed a
market  for  the steam. In late  1974, a contract  was
signed for  the sale of steam to the Weymouth  Art
Metal Company.
   Bridgeport,  Connecticut. Garrett  Research  and
Development Company has been selected to design,
construct,  and  operate a  1,200-TPD resource  re-
covery  system,  the  first  facility financed by  the
                          Connecticut  Resources Recovery Authority. Shred-
                          ded  waste fuel  will be  sold  to  United Illuminating
                          Company and used as a supplement to oil to generate
                          electricity.
                             Chicago,  Illinois.  A  1,000-TPD  shredded  fuel
                          system is being  constructed by the  city. The plant's
                          output will be used as a supplementary fuel by the
                          Commonwealth  Edison Company to generate electric-
                          ity.
                             Dade  County,  Florida. With  technical assistance

-------
      STATUS OF WASTE REDUCTION EFFORTS AND IMPLEMENTATION OF RESOURCE RECOVERY SYSTEMS
                                                                                                     85
from EPA, the county commissioners have evaluated
bids  from  10  private  corporations   to  build  a
3,000-TPD  energy  recovery  facility   to  produce
electricity for sale  to Florida Power and Light Co.
The county has started  negotiations with the two
finalists,  Black Clawson Company and  Universal Oil
Products Corporation.
   Franklin, Ohio.  With demonstration grant support
from EPA, the city built a  150-TPD plant that has
been recovering paper fiber,  ferrous metals,  and glass
since 1971. For more information, see Appendix.
   Hempstead,  New York.  The  town  has selected
Black  Clawson  Company to  build  and operate  a
2,000-TPD system to generate electricity for  sale to
Long  Island Lighting Company.  The  process will
involve a wet-pulping technology similar to that used
at the Franklin, Ohio, plant.
   Lowell,  Massachusetts.  Until mid-1975,  the city
was planning to build a system to recover metals and
glass  from  250 TPD of incinerator  residue  (the
equivalent of 750 TPD of unburned waste) with EPA
demonstration grant support. In July, however, the
city requested withdrawal from  the demonstration
following its decision to close down the incinerator
rather than undertake very expensive capital improve-
ments  for air pollution control. Additional informa-
tion on the project is provided in the Appendix.
   Milwaukee,  Wisconsin.  The   city has  signed  a
contract with  Americology,  a subsidiary of American
Can Company,  to  build a 1,000-TPD facility to
recover shredded fuel, ferrous metals, and corrugated
paper. The Wisconsin Electric Power Company has
signed a  contract with Americology for  the purchase
of the  shredded  fuel, which  will  be  fired  as  a
supplement to coal to generate electricity.
   Monroe County, New York. The county legislature
is negotiating a contract with the  Raytheon Corpora-
tion to  design, supervise  construction,  startup, and
operate  for  5 years  a  2,000-TPD shredded fuel
facility.  The fuel will  be sold to  the Rochester Gas
and Electric Company.
   Nashville, Tennessee. The Nashville Thermal Trans-
fer  Corporation  (Thermal)  owns and  operates  a
facility to produce  steam for heating  and cooling
buildings  in downtown  Nashville.  The system  is
designed  to burn 720 tons of solid waste per day as
the  primary  fuel;  oil  or  gas  can be  used  in
emergencies.  No dump fee is  charged to  the  city,
which is responsible for ash removal and disposal. As
of  August  1975, the  waste-burning boilers  were
unable to operate in compliance with the New Source
Performance Standards of the Clean Air Act. Thermal
has  agreed  to  a  compliance  plan calling for the
installation of electrostatic  precipitators to reduce air
pollution,  replacing  the  inadequate water  spray
chambers.
   New Britain, Connecticut. Combustion Equipment
Associates has been  selected to design and build a
system  to produce  1,800 TPD  of  "EcoFuel II"
(shredded fuel) for the Wallingford Power Plant,
which is owned  by the city. The shredded waste will
be fired as a supplement to fuel oil.
   New Orleans, Louisiana. Waste  Management, Inc.
(WMI), has begun construction of a 650-TPD facility
to recover glass, ferrous  and nonferrous metals, and
paper.  The  remaining  fraction,  approximately  80
percent  by weight  of the incoming  waste, will  be
disposed of on the land. WMI will own and operate
the  facility.   The  National  Center  for  Resource
Recovery, Inc., designed the plant and will serve the
city as technical  consultant.
   St.  Louis,  Missouri.  With  demonstration  grant
support  from  EPA,  the  city of St. Louis has  been
operating a  plant that processes waste for use as a
supplementary fuel in the coal-fired  boilers of the
Union Electric Company. Union Electric has provided
the use of its  boilers and almost $1 million. Ferrous
metals are being sold  to the Granite City (Illinois)
Steel Company. For more information, see Appendix.
   St. Louis Area. Because  of the success of the EPA
demonstration,  the  Union  Electric   Company  is
designing and  ordering equipment  for a $70 million
system to process 8,000 tons of solid waste per day
from the  Greater  St.  Louis  area.  Fuel  will  be
recovered and used as a supplement to coal in several
boilers at two plants.
   San Diego County, California. With demonstration
grant support from EPA, the county is going to build
a  200-TPD  pyrolysis  system designed  by Garrett
Research and Development Company.  The liquid fuel
produced will  be used as a supplementary fuel by San
Diego Gas and Electric Company. For more informa-
tion, see Appendix.

-------
 86
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
   Saugus,   Massachusetts.  RESCO,  Inc.,  a  joint
venture of  DeMatteo Construction  Company  and
Wheelabrator-Frye, Inc., is constructing a 1,200-TPD
waterwall  incinerator.  The steam  generated  will be
sold to the General Electric  Company plant in Lynn,
Massachusetts.  Construction  is   scheduled  to  be
completed in mid-1975.
   South Charleston,  West Virginia. Union Carbide
Corporation  owns  and   operates  a  200-TPD  test
facility that produces fuel  gas  using a  pyrolysis
process.
   Wilmington, Delaware.  The State, with solid waste
demonstration grant support from EPA, is  preparing
to build a 500-TPD facility to produce shredded fuel,
                         humus, metals, and glass. The fuel will be fired as a
                         supplement to oil in the boilers of the Delmarva
                         Power & Light Company.  The  facility will accept
                         sewage  sludge and  selected  industrial  wastes  in
                         addition to residential and commercial solid waste.
                         For more information, see Appendix.
                                          REFERENCES

                         1.  Hopper, R.E. A nationwide survey of resource recovery
                                      activities. Environmental Protection Publica-
                                      tion SW-142. [Washington], U.S. Environ-
                                      mental Protection Agency, Jan. 1975. 74 p.
                                       [Updated periodically.]

-------
                                         APPENDIX

               •    DESCRIPTION OF SIX EPA-SUPPORTED
   RESOURCE RECOVERY TECHNOLOGY DEMONSTRATIONS
     SHREDDED, CLASSIFIED WASTE AS A
   COAL SUBSTITUTE-ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI
   The city of St. Louis operates facilities to separate
shredded organic material from residential solid waste
for use as fuel. The fuel is burned with coal in electric
utility  boilers   of  the  Union  Electric Company.
Ferrous metal is  also recovered and sold to a steelmill.
Midwest  Research Institute  is under contract with
EPA to conduct an independent  evaluation  of the
project.
   The time and cost schedule for the demonstration
is presented in Table 39.

                  TABLE 39
           TIME AND COST SCHEDULE,
               ST. LOUIS PROJECT
Activity
Time period
Federal share
Total cost .
of cost
 Design and     July 1970 to    $3,288,544   $2,180,026
 construction   April 1972
Operation and  May 1972 to
evaluation     June 1975*
   Total
  600,000
400,000
$3,888,544t  $2,580,026
      *The project has been extended for additional tests.
      tUnion Electric Company is to provide $950,000 and
the city  of  St.  Louis the remaining  $358,518 of the
non-Federal  share. In addition, EPA is spending about
$750,000 to evaluate the project.

             The Processing System
   The system currently accepts solid waste  from
residential  sources.  It  was  designed  to  exclude
oversized bulky wastes, such as tires,  appliances,
furniture, engine blocks, and land-clearing and demo-
lition  wastes. This  limitation  is a function of the
capacity  of the shredders and  the fuel  quality
objective.
   The system was designed to handle 325 tons of
waste in one 8-hour processing shift and three 8-hour
fuel-firing shifts. Raw solid waste is discharged from
packer-type collection  trucks onto the floor of the
receiving building. Front-end loaders push the waste
to a  receiving belt  conveyor.  From  the  receiving
conveyor, the waste is transferred to the hammermill,
a shredding device.
   Shredding reduces residential raw waste to parti-
cles that are relatively  uniform in  size  and  therefore
easier to separate  mechanically into  salable com-
ponents. It  also reduces odors and facilitates handl-
ing.
   In the St. Louis shredder, 30 large metal hammers
swing around a horizontal  shaft, grinding the waste
against  an  iron grate  until the particles  are small
enough  to  drop through  the grate openings.  The
design calls for a nominal particle size  of 1% inches.
Preliminary data show that over 90 percent by weight
of the incoming waste is  reduced to particles not
greater than 1 inch in any dimension.
   Single-stage milling (all shredding  in  one pass
through  the shredder) was selected for  the prototype
system to minimize capital  costs. For future applica-
tions, however,  experts  recommend   a  two-stage
shredding operation, with air classification between
the two  stages. The first shredding would reduce the
waste to a particle size of about 4 to 8 inches. After
removal  of the heavier  materials by the air classifier,
the second shredding would reduce the particle size
of the light fraction to 1 or 2 inches.
   In  the present St. Louis system the shredded waste
is conveyed from the hammermill to the air  classifier.
The   air classifier  separates  the  heavier,  mostly
noncombustible particles from the lighter ones in a
vertical chute where a column of air blowing upward
                                                87

-------
 88
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
carries the lighter materials  to the top. The heavier
materials  drop  to  the bottom.  By varying the air
velocity and the cross-sectional area of the chute, the
percentage split between heavy and light fractions can
be controlled. The St. Louis air classifier is  operated
to permit 75 to 80 percent of the shredded waste to
be separated into the light fraction for use as fuel.
   The  light fraction is  composed of  paper,  light
cardboard and plastics, textiles, light food wastes, and
other organics.  There is  also a small percentage of
light  noncombustibles  like  aluminum  foil in  this
fraction. It also  contains  small particles of heavier
materials, such as pulverized glass, that stick to pieces
of organic material.
   The  heavy fraction  contains ferrous  and nonfer-
rous metals, glass,  dirt, and other noncombustibles.
Certain  heavier combustible materials, such as citrus
fruit rinds and heavier  pieces of cardboard, plastics,
woodchips,  and  rubber,  also  drop into the heavy
fraction.
   Removal of both  the  combustible and  noncom-
bustible  heavy materials  from the  waste produces
three benefits:  an increase in the heating value of the
waste as. fuel, an increase in the  transportability of
the  fuel  through  the  pneumatic pipelines, and a
decrease in  the boiler's bottom ash. The presence of
the small bits of  glass and other noncombustible
materials  remaining  in  the fuel  does  not have a
significant effect.
   The light materials are  carried pneumatically from
the separation chute to the cyclone separator, where
they are removed from  the air stream and allowed to
fall onto the conveyor leading to the storage bin.
   The heavy fraction is passed under a magnetic belt
to  extract  the  ferrous   metals,  which are  then
densified  in a  nuggetizer.  After passing  under a
magnetic drum for a final cleanup, the ferrous metals
are transported to  the  Granite City Steel Company
where  they are  used  in  a  blast   furnace.   The
nonmagnetic materials are hauled away  to  be  land-
filled.
   By recovering fuel and  ferrous metal, the city of
St. Louis has reduced its landfill volume requirements
by 95 percent of the solid waste processed.
   At scheduled intervals, quantities of the solid waste
fuel  are  removed  from  the storage  bin  at  the
processing plant and loaded onto trailer trucks for the
                          18-mile trip to the powerplant. At the powerplant the
                          fuel is  unloaded into a receiving bin, which is in turn
                          unloaded  continuously into  a pneumatic  pipeline
                          transport  system. These pneumatic pipelines dis-
                          charge  the fuel into a surge  bin. The surge bin uses
                          four drag-chain unloading conveyors  to move the
                          solid   waste  fuel  to four  separate  feeders  that
                          introduce the supplementary  fuel into the pneumatic
                          pipeline system. The pipelines, each about  700 feet
                          long, blow the fuel  to firing ports in each corner  of
                          the boiler furnace.
                             The ownership and operating responsibility of the
                          city ends at the point where the city's pneumatic
                          pipelines discharge the fuel into the surge bin owned
                          by the utility.
                                         Operating Experience
                             Until  September  1974, the processing plant op-
                          erated at about 20 percent  of design capacity.
                          Downtime  was  caused  by   a variety  of  factors,
                          including waste collection stoppages resulting from
                          strikes and  bad weather, mechanical problems with
                          almost every piece of equipment  in the system, and
                          system modifications. Since  September 1974, how-
                          ever, the  system  has operated consistently at 150 to
                          300 tons per day, 5 days per week, depending upon
                          the  requirements  of the   testing  and evaluation
                          program and the availability of the boilers.

                                   Boiler Modification  and Operation
                             Two identical  boilers at Union Electric Company's
                          Meramec  Plant near  St. Louis have been modified to
                          burn prepared  solid waste. They  are 125 megawatt
                          tangentially suspension-fired  boilers that were origi-
                          nally designed  to burn pulverized coal or gas.  There
                          are now  four coal-firing, one solid-waste-firing, and
                          five gas-firing ports in each corner of each boiler.
                             Other  than  installing a solid-waste firing port in
                          each corner of the furnace,  no modifications to the
                          boilers were made. The prepared solid waste is burned
                          in  suspension  in the same flame pattern as the
                          pulverized coal.
                             As  is  typical of large utility boilers,  the furnaces
                          have  no  grates.  Fuels are burned in  suspension  at
                          temperatures of  2,400 F to  2,600 F. The retention
                          time  of 1 to  2  seconds in  suspension is not long
                          enough  for the  heavier  particles  of  combustible
                          materials to  be consumed,  and they fall to the

-------
       DESCRIPTION OF SIX EPA-SUPPORTED RESOURCE RECOVERY TECHNOLOGY DEMONSTRATIONS
                                               89
bottom ash hopper along with the  noncombustible
materials.
   The  two boilers are 20 years  old and are  small
compared  to  newer  units in  the  Union Electric
Company system. They are of modern reheat design,
however, and burn 56.5 tons of Illinois coal per hour
at rated load.
   At rated load, the quantity of solid waste burned
in each boiler  is equivalent  in heating value to 10
percent of the  coal and amounts to about 12.5 tons
per hour,  or 300 tons per 24-hour day. Solid waste is
fired  24 hours per day, but only 5  days per week,
because city residential solid waste collections are
scheduled on a 5-day-per-week basis.
   The  boiler  operators  and  shift  superintendents
report that solid waste firing has  had no discernible
effect on  the  boiler furnace or  convection passes.
(Convection passes are hot gas passages containing
heat-transfer surfaces between the boiler furnace and
the air pollution control  equipment.) Frequent and
sudden interruptions of the solid waste feed have not
required any change in operating techniques. Existing
boiler combustion controls easily  accommodate the
variations  in solid waste  quantity  and  quality  by
varying the amount of pulverized  coal fired into the
boiler.
   The boiler's efficiency or power-producing capabil-
ity  when firing solid waste in combination with coal
is reduced slightly compared to "coal only" perform-
ance.
   Firing   solid waste  significantly  increases the
quantity of bottom ash produced, requiring the boiler
operators  to remove the ash from the hopper  more
frequently than when coal is fired alone.

        Air Emissions from Combined Firing
                of Waste and CoaJ
   Air emission tests were performed independently
by  Midwest Research Institute  (MRI) from October
through December 1973 as part of EPA's comprehen-
sive evaluation of the project.  The  Union Electric
Company   (UE) also performed air emission  tests
during the  same period.  MRI employed  the  EPA-
approved  testing method  to measure paniculate and
gaseous emissions. Union  Electric  employed the
American  Society of  Mechanical Engineers testing
method to measure particulates only.
   The results of the MRI tests are summarized in the
St. Louis/Union Electric Refuse Firing Demonstra-
tion Air  Pollution Test  Report,  September 1974,
available  from the National Technical Information
Service, U.S. Department of Commerce.
   From  the  MRI  tests it  appears that  gaseous
emissions (sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides, hydrogen
chlorides, and mercury  vapor) are not significantly
affected by combined firing of waste and coal.
   Both  MRI  and  UE tests found  that  particulate
levels per cubic foot of exhaust gas at the inlet to the
air pollution control device (the electrostatic precipi-
tators)  were  not  affected  by  combined  firing;
however,  total inlet  particulate  levels did increase
because of increases in  the stack gas flowrate.
   The  MRI  tests  did  not  find  an  increase in
particulate emissions when solid waste was combined
with coal. The UE tests, however, did find an increase
in  such  emissions.  Therefore, the  report  is  not
conclusive on  this subject. Also, there is evidence to
indicate that neither set of tests provides an optimum
representation of combined firing of solid waste and
coal. It appears that the electrostatic precipitator was
not properly conditioned prior to the tests and could
have  been tuned for better  particulate collection
performance.
   The  report  recommends that  further tests  be
conducted to  complete  the characterization  of  par-
ticulate emissions and  to support the development of
Federal and State air  emission control standards. In
response to this recommendation, a  second series of
tests,  conducted independently by EPA and UE, were
initiated   in  late  1974   and  are expected to  be
completed by late 1975.
                   Economics
   The cost of the facilities was  about $3  million
when they were constructed in 1971. Gross operation
and maintenance costs (excluding amortization  and
interest)  for the city and  Union Electric Company,
based on operating  experience from July 1972 to
November  1974,  are  $5.90 per ton  of solid waste
processed,  and $8.50  per ton  of solid waste fuel
burned,  respectively. During this time,  the facilities
operated  at about 30 percent  of the  5-day-weeK
single-shift capacity. Consequently, the unit operating
costs  could be expected to be substantially lower
when  the plant  is  operated at design  capacity.

-------
 90
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
However, a higher capital investment would probably
be required to achieve greater reliability.
   These figures are not at  all representative of the
cost of a  supplementary fuel system  to be  built
elsewhere.  In addition to  the effect  of inflation
(about  15  to  20  percent  per  year  for  many
construction  materials), site-specific factors will dic-
tate the economic  feasibility of a system. The cost
would range  from as little as $5 or $8 per ton, to a
prohibitively  high  figure.  The major  site-specific
factors  are:  characteristics  of  waste  fuel market
(distance  to  boiler,  boiler size, load factor, air
pollution control equipment, price of primary fuel);
characteristics of markets for recovered metals and
glass  (distance,  price, stability, quantity  in  waste
stream); plant capacity (waste available, equipment
redundancy, operating shifts per day, operating days
per year);  method of financing (public  or private
capital); and  the cost of alternative  means of waste
disposal.
   A more comprehensive discussion of  the econom-
ics  of resource  recovery systems  is presented in
Chapter 5.


    PYROLYSIS FOR STEAM GENERATION-
           BALTIMORE, MARYLAND
   With the aid  of  an EPA demonstration grant, the
city of Baltimore owns and  operates a 1,000-ton-per-
day solid  waste pyrolysis plant developed by Mon-
santo Enviro-Chem  Systems,  Inc. The system  was
designed  and constructed  by  Monsanto under  a
turnkey  contract  with  money-back  performance
guarantee  provisions. Monsanto has guaranteed plant
availability at 85 percent,  particulate  emissions to
meet local and Federal standards, and the putrescible
content of the  residue to be less than 0.2 percent.
Monsanto's maximum payback liability  is $4 million,
about 25 percent of the contract price. The time and
cost schedule for design, construction, operation, and
evaluation is given in Table 40.
   The plant is  designed to handle mixed municipal
solid  waste,  including tires and  white  goods. All
incoming wastes are shredded to a 4-inch particle size
and then conveyed to a rotary pyrolysis kiln. About
7.1 gallons of  No.  2 fuel  oil  per  incoming ton of
waste is combusted to provide heat for  the pyrolysis
reaction. In addition, about 40 percent of the amount
                         of air theoretically required for complete combustion
                         is added to the reactor to allow some of the pyrolysis
                         gases to combust and add additional heat to the unit.
                         The remaining pyrolysis gases leave the kiln and are
                         then combusted in an  afterburner. The hot after-
                         burner exhaust gases pass through waste heat boilers
                         that generate  200,000 pounds of steam per hour for
                         sale to the Baltimore  Gas  and Electric Company
                         (Table  41). The steam is used for downtown heating
                         and cooling.  Boiler exhaust  gases  are scrubbed,
                         dehumidified,  and released to the atmosphere.
                            Although the system uses about 7.1 gallons of No.
                         2 fuel  oil per  ton of  incoming  waste, the steam
                         generated from  each ton  of incoming  waste  will
                         conserve 39.1  gallons of fuel oil, for a net savings of
                         32 gallons.
                            The  pyrolysis residue  is  water-quenched,  and
                         ferrous metals are  separated for recycling by Metal
                         Cleaning and  Processing Company, Inc.  Water flota-
                         tion and screening processes separate the char residue,
                         which  is landfilled, from a glassy fraction which will
                         be used  as aggregate for city asphalt street construc-
                         tion. Sixteen tons of char with 50 percent moisture is
                         produced for every 100 tons of solid waste input. Air
                         emissions are monitored and controlled to meet local
                         and Federal standards;  no wastewater is discharged.
                            The projected economics for this system, based on
                         February 1974 data, are summarized in Table 42.
                             PYROLYSIS TO PRODUCE LIQUID FUEL-
                                SAN DIEGO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
                            San  Diego County  will  build and operate  a
                         200-ton-per-day  pyrolysis  plant with  the aid of an
                         EPA demonstration grant. The time and cost schedule
                         is presented in Table 43.
                            The key component of this plant will be a  flash
                         pyrolysis unit developed by the Garrett Research and
                         Development  Company. Mixed municipal solid waste
                         will be shredded coarsely to a 3-inch particle size and
                         then separated  mechanically into two  fractions:  a
                         "light" fraction consisting mostly of paper and plastic
                         and a "heavy" fraction consisting of  glass, metals,
                         wood, and stones.
                             The  light  material  will  be  dried  and shredded
                         again,   to a  very  fine particle  size  (practically  a
                         powder)  and  then  pyrolyzed at  a temperature of
                         about 900 F.  This process produces a gas, which is
                         condensed into an  oil-like liquid  with a heat value

-------
          DESCRIPTION OF SIX EPA-SUPPORTED RESOURCE RECOVERY TECHNOLOGY DEMONSTRATIONS
                                                                          91
                                                TABLE 40
                              TIME AND COST SCHEDULE, BALTIMORE PROJECT
      Activity
          Time period
Total cost*
Federal
share of
  cost
Design and
construction

Shakedown, operation,
and evaluation!
January 1973 to December 1974
January 1975 to December 1976
                                          $16,177,000
                       $6,000,000
      *Baltimore is to provide $6,177,000 and Maryland Environmental Services is to provide $4 million of the non-Federal share.
      t Length of shakedown period and cost of possible plant modifications cannot be estimated accurately at this time.
                    TABLE 41
   ANTICIPATED OUTPUTS AND MARKET VALUES,
               BALTIMORE PROJECT
Product

Steam
Ferrous metal
Glassy aggregate
Tons per
100 tons of
waste input
240
7
17
Market value
per ton sold
$ 4.66
22.00
2.35
about 75 percent that of No. 6 fuel oil. It will be used
as supplementary fuel in an existing  San Diego Gas
and Electric Company boiler.
   From the  heavy fraction, ferrous metals will be
separated  by  an electromagnet  and glass  will be
separated  as  a mixed-color glass  cullet by  a  froth
flotation process. The anticipated outputs and prices
are summarized in Table 44.
   When operating at capacity (200 tons per day), 11
tons of char as well as 32 tons of other residuals will
require  landfilling each  day. Exhaust gases  will be
monitored and controlled to meet local and Federal
standards,  and wastewater will be discharged into a
sanitary sewer.
   This system requires no external fuel and produces
a storable, transportable  fuel that should have good
national marketability.
   The  projected  economics  of the  system are
summarized in Table 45.

      PROCESSED WASTE AS-A FUEL OIL
      SUBSTITUTE-STATE OF DELAWARE
   With the aid of an EPA demonstration grant, the
State  of   Delaware  will  enter into a full-service
                                             TABLE 42
                                 PROJECTED SYSTEM ECONOMICS FOR
                                   BALTIMORE PROJECT, BASED ON
                                       FEBRUARY 1974 DATA*
                                                                 Item
                                                                                                  Value
                          Capital investmentt                        $20,000,000

                          Annual cost:
                            Amortization and interest                   1,720,500
                            Operation and maintenance                 2,556,000
                                  Total annual cost                 $  4,076,500

                          Costs and revenues per  input ton of  solid
                          waste:
                            Cost before revenue                          $13.15
                            Revenues:
                               Steam                                   11.18
                               Ferrous metal                              1.55
                               Glassy aggregate                     	.40
                                  Total revenues                    	13.13
                                     Net cost                           $ 0.02J
                               *Based on a  1,000-ton-per-day operation in which
                          310,000 tons of raw solid waste are throughput per year.
                               t Using February 1974 dollars, $20 million of capital is
                          required.
                               t Because these are estimates based only on pilot plant
                          experience, the actual costs and revenues may be significantly
                          different.
                         contract  with a  single company that  will design,
                         construct, and operate a resource recovery facility to
                         be  located in Wilmington.  The contractor will  be
                         selected competitively after proposals are solicited.
                         The contractor will guarantee plant performance and
                         capital, operating, and maintenance costs.
                            The plant  will be  designed  to process daily 485
                         tons of municipal solid waste,  15 tons of industrial

-------
 92
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                                TABLE 43
                               TIME AND COST SCHEDULE, SAN DIEGO PROJECT
Activity
Design
Construction
Operation and
evaluation
Total
Time period
December 1974 to April 1975 )
August 1975 to May 1976 j
June 1976 to December 1977
Total cost
$7,423,244
1,457,795
$8,881,039*
Federal share
of cost
$3,562,710
_
$3,562,710
      *San Diego County is to provide $1,817,329, and Garrett Research and Development Company is to provide $3,500,000.
                    TABLE 44
        ANTICIPATED OUTPUTS AND PRICES,
                SAN DIEGO PROJECT
                  (200 TPD PLANT)
Product
Oil
Ferrous metal
Glass
Quantity
per day
172 barrels
23.7 tons
10. 4 tons
Price
$4.33 per barrel
18.20 per ton
6.40 per ton
                     TABLE 45
PROJECTED SYSTEM ECONOMICS, SAN DIEGO PROJECT*
 Capital investment                         $6,344,000

 Annual costs:
   Amortization and interest                   553,069
   Operation and maintenance                  916,351
         Total annual cost                  $ 1,469,420

 Costs and revenues per input ton of solid
 waste:
   Cost before revenue                        $ 23.70
   Revenues:
      Oil                                       3.80
      Ferrous metal                              2.30
      Glass                               	.40
         Total revenues                    	6.50

            Net cost                         t$ 17.20

      *Based on a 200-ton-per-day  operation in  which
 62,050 tons of raw solid waste are processed per year.
      t Because these are estimates based only on pilot plant
 experience, the actual costs and revenues may be significantly
 different.
                          waste,  and  230  tons  of  digested  sewage  sludge
                          containing 8 percent solids. Incoming municipal solid
                          waste will be shredded to a 6- to 8-inch particle size.
                          The shredded  waste  will be air-classified into two
                          fractions:  a  "light"  combustible   waste  fraction
                          containing about 60 to 75 percent of the incoming
                          waste  and   a  "heavy"  waste  fraction  containing
                          metals,  glass, wood, heavy plastics,  textiles, rubber,
                          and rocks.
                             The  light fraction will be  shredded  again  to  a
                          1-inch particle size.  Most of  the light fraction will
                          then be sent directly to Delmarva Power and Light
                          Company for  use as supplemental  fuel  in existing
                          oil-fired boilers. The remaining light fraction will be
                          mixed in aerobic digesters with  partially dewatered
                          sewage  sludge  for use as compost  or supplemental
                          powerplant  fuel,  or both, depending upon market
                          conditions.
                             The  heavy  fraction will  be processed to remove
                          ferrous  metals  for  recycling. The remaining  heavy
                          materials will be mixed with selected  industrial wastes
                          and pyrolyzed. Heat from the pyrolysis gases will be
                          used to  help dewater the sewage sludge. Aluminum
                          and glass will be recovered from the pyrolysis residue.
                          The remaining residues will be landfilled (about 10
                          percent by weight of the incoming waste).
                             The  State of Delaware has projected the econom-
                          ics of the system based on  a  preliminary design by
                          Black, Crow, and Eidsness,  Inc.  EPA has used these
                          projections  as a basis for the updated estimates given
                          in Tables 46 and 47. The actual costs of the system
                          will not be  known  until the fixed price contract  is
                          signed in early  1976.

-------
         DESCRIPTION OF SIX EPA-SUPPORTED RESOURCE RECOVERY TECHNOLOGY DEMONSTRATIONS
                                                 93
                     TABLE 46
           PROJECTED SYSTEM ECONOMICS
               WILMINGTON PROJECT*
                     TABLE 47
    ANTICIPATED OUTPUTS AND MARKET VALUES,
              WILMINGTON PROJECT*
                  Item
                                            Value
Capital investment!                         $25 million

Annual costs:
   Amortization and interest |                2.2 million
   Operation and maintenance §               1.7 million
         Total annual costs                 $ 3.9 million

Costs and revenues per input ton of solid
waste: H
   Cost before revenue                    $29.60
   Revenues:**
      Humus (compost)                     1.10
      Solid waste fuel                     10.00
      Ferrous metal                         2.80
      Nonferrous metal                     .80
      Glass                                .35
      Paper                                .10
      Sludge disposal credit                  1.45	
         Total revenues                   16.60	
           Net cost                     $13.00

      *These are rough projections by EPA based on earlier
estimates  developed by Black, Crow and Eidsness,  Inc., for
the State of Delaware.
      tUsing  1977 dollars,  calculated by escalating 1974
projections at 15 percent per year; includes projected cost of
processing plant, fuel transport facilities, fuel receiving and
firing facilities, boiler modifications, and air pollution control
equipment modifications to the utility's boiler.
      t Assumes capital paid  back at 6 percent interest over
20 years.
      §Using 1979 dollars,  calculated by escalating 1974
projections by 10 percent per year.
      f 130,000 tons of waste are to be processed per year.
     **Using 1974 dollars.
   The total  cost of the project is estimated to be
about $28  million, with the EPA grant covering $9
million of the costs (see Table 48 for cost and time
schedule). If  the  full-service contract is initiated on
schedule  by August 1976, the system should be fully
operational by April 1980.

  WET PULPING FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY-
                FRANKLIN, OHIO
   The  objective of this project  is to demonstrate a
refuse disposal and resource recovery system capable
of processing  municipal refuse and producing metals,
color-sorted  glass, and paper  fiber in a  recyclable
form. Nonrecoverable  combustible materials are in-
cinerated  in a fluidized bed  reactor. Noncombustible
Product
Humus (compost)
Solid waste fuel
Ferrous metal
Nonferrous metal
Glass
Paper
Sludge disposal
Tons per day
38 (dry)
305
35.5
2
25
5
18 (dry)
Market value
per ton sold
$ 14.70
16.40t
40.00
200.00
7.00
10.00
40.00
                                                                ^Estimates by EPA based on  earlier estimates by
                                                          Black, Crow and Eidsness, Inc., for  the State of Delaware;
                                                          uses 1974 dollars.
                                                                tAssumes fuel oil  costs $2.00 per million Btu, and
                                                          that solid waste fuel has a heat value of 5,000 Btu/lb, or 10
                                                          million Btu/ton. Value of fuel is discounted to reflect the
                                                          boiler efficiency loss when firing waste. Efficiency loss is
                                                          assumed  to be 2 percent (a conservative figure, based on EPA
                                                          conversations with boiler manufacturers).
rejects are landfilled. The time and cost schedule for
design,  construction, and operation is given in Table
49.
   The  total  system, with a design capacity of 150
tons  per  24-hour  day,  contains  three  separate
subsystems: a processing and disposal system for solid
waste  and sewage  sludge with recovery  of ferrous
metal, a glass and aluminum recovery system, and a
paper fiber recovery system.
   The  disposal  system consists primarily of a wet
pulper  ("hydrapulper"),  a liquid  cyclone, and  a
fluidized bed incinerator. Ferrous metal is recovered
through magnetic separation and sold as  scrap  to a
steelmill.
   The glass and aluminum subsystem uses a complex
series of mechanical screening  and classifying opera-
tions to extract a glass-rich stream and an aluminum-
rich stream from the heavier materials in  the waste.
Optical  sorters separate the glass into flint,  green, and
amber particles for use in making new bottles.
   The fiber recovery subsystem recovers paper fiber
from the lighter combustible materials in  the waste
stream.  Fiber is recovered through the use of several
screening and cleaning  operations. It is then pumped
in slurry  form  to  a nearby  papermill through an
underground pipe.  The fiber is used in making felt
paper for asphalt roofing shingles.

-------
 94
RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION
                                               TABLE 48
                             TIME AND COST SCHEDULE, WILMINGTON PROJECT
Activity
Design and
construction
Startup
Operation and
evaluation
Total
Time period
August 1976 to August 1979
August 1979 to April 1980
April 1980 to April 1981
Total cost
$25,000,000
328,000
2,700,000
$28,028,000
Federal share of cost
$6,755,000
245,000
2,000,000
$9,000,000
                                               TABLE 49
                              TIME AND COST SCHEDULE, FRANKLIN PROJECT
Phase and activity
Hydraposal and fiber recovery systems:
Design
Construction
Operation and evaluation
Subtotal
Glass and Aluminum Recovery System:
Design
Construction
Operation and evaluation
Subtotal
Total
Time period
March 1969 to February 1970
March 1970 to June 1971
June 1971 to August 1972
July 1971 to May 1972
May 1972 to July 1973
July 1973 to February 1976
Total cost
$ 165,000
1,970,000
500,000
2,635,000
20,000
360,000
90,000
470,000
$3,105,000*
Federal share
of cost
$ 110,000
1,300,000
350,000
1,760,000
60,000
257,000
77,000
394,000
$2,154,000
      * Approximate non-Federal contributions: the city of Franklin, $500,000; the Black Clawson Company, $200,000; and the
 Glass Container Manufacturers Institute, $150,000.
   System outputs are shown in Table 50,
   All combustible residues, as well as sludge from an
adjacent sewage  treatment plant, are disposed of in
the fluidized bed incinerator.
   All  noncombustible  rejects  (approximately  10
percent by weight of the total incoming wastes) are
disposed of in a small sanitary landfill adjacent to the
plant. Air emissions from the fluid bed incinerator
have been found to be below the Federal standards.
All water effluents from the plant are discharged into
the adjacent sewage treatment plant.
                                             TABLE 50
                                    PRODUCT OUTPUTS AND PRICES,
                                         FRANKLIN PROJECT

Product

Ferrous metal
Paper fiber
Glass (color -sorted)
Aluminum
Tons per
100 tons of
waste input
9
20
4
.3

Price per ton sold

$ 25
42
20
200

-------
        DESCRIPTION OF SIX EPA-SUPPORTED RESOURCE RECOVERY TECHNOLOGY DEMONSTRATIONS
                                                                                                        95
   The projected system economics for a 500-ton-per-
 day facility are summarized in Table 51.

                    TABLE 51
            PROJECTED ECONOMICS FOR
         500-TON-PER-DAY FRANKLIN-TYPE
                     SYSTEM*
                 Item
                                           Value
                                        $10,600,000
                                          1,350,000
                                          1,286,868
                                        $ 2,636,868
                                           $ 20.42

                                              2.40
                                              8.06
                                              1.75
                                             12.21
Capital investment

Annual costs:
   Amortization and interestt
   Operations and maintenance
        Total annual costs

Costs and revenues per input ton of solid
waste:
   Cost before revenue
   Revenues::):
      Ferrous metal
     Paper fiber
     Sewage sludge disposal credit
        Total revenues
           Net cost
      *Based  on a three-shift operation in which 150,000
tons of raw solid waste are throughput per year. The Franklin
plant processes approximately 50 tons per day.
      t Based on 20-year depreciation.
      tDoes not include glass and aluminum recovery.
 MATERIALS RECOVERY FROM INCINERATOR
      RESIDUE-LOWELL, MASSACHUSETTS
   In this project, the city of Lowell was to build a
full-size processing plant capable of recovering materi-
als from 250 tons  of incinerator  residue,  which
represents about  750 tons  of raw waste, each 8-hour
day (Table 52).  In  July 1975,  however, the  city
requested  withdrawal from  the  demonstration,  and
the project was therefore terminated. The reason for
the withdrawal was  that the city decided to close
down  their incinerator  rather than undertake very
expensive  capital  improvements for  air pollution
control.
   The primary objective  of the  project  was to
demonstrate the technical and economic feasibility of
a mechanical separation  system for recovering metals
and glass from  the noncombustible portion  of solid
wastes. Initially, these products were to be recovered
from  incinerator residues, but the  system was  also
designed to handle noncombustible solid  wastes  that
have been separated from the combustible fraction by
air classification or some other means.
   The design  for the  plant  was prepared by  the
Raytheon  Company using the system piloted by the
U.S. Bureau of Mines at College Park, Maryland.  The
system uses a series of screens, shredders, classifiers,
and other  ore-processing equipment to extract steel,
nonferrous metals, and glass  from the  incinerator
residue.  The  project  plans for  Lowell  called  for
recovery  of  more than 40,000 tons of products
annually which would  result  in revenues of some
$700,000 a year (Tables 53 and  54). Depending on
the level of burnout in the incinerator residue, about
5  tons of  solid residue  per  100  tons of  incinerator
residue  input   would   be  landfilled.  No  gaseous
pollutants  would  be  emitted  from  the   processing
plant, and process water would be treated in the plant
before being discharged into the city's sanitary sewer
system.
                                                TABLE 52
                    TIME AND COST SCHEDULE, LOWELL PROJECT (CANCELLED JULY 1975)
Activity
Design, construction management
Construction
Operation and evaluation
Total
Time period
February 1973-December 1974
January 1975-March 1976
April 1976-March 1977

Total cost*
$ 798,000
3,321,000
734,000
$4,853,000
Federal share of cost
$ 325,000
1,434,000
625,000
$2,384,000
      *The State of Massachusetts was to provide a total of $615,000, and the city of Lowell, $1,854,000 plus $180,000 in land
value for the facility site.

-------
96                             RESOURCE RECOVERY AND WASTE REDUCTION


                     TABLE 53                                                 TABLE 54
     ESTIMATED SYSTEM OUTPUTS AND PRICES,                      PROJECTED SYSTEM ECONOMICS,
                  LOWELL PROJECT                                          LOWELL PROJECT*
                     Tons per                                                 Itel«                       Value
   Product            100 tons          Price per ton sold
                                                            Capital investment                            $4,119,000
                     of input*
                                                            Annual costs:
Ferrous metal            30                $  33               Amortization and interest                    424,000
Aluminum                2                 250               Operation and maintenance                   754,000
Copper/zinc               1                 330                     Total annual costs                   $1,158,000
Glass                    30                   23
Aggregate                32                    2             Costs and revenues  per ton of input (incin-
==1^===^==:^=:^===       erator residue):
      incinerator residue.                                      Cost before revenue                           $17.80
                                                              Revenues:
                                                                 Ferrous metal                               4.80
                                                                 Aluminum                                  3.12
                                                                 Copper/zinc                                 2.08
                                                                 Glass                                       6.75
                                                                 Aggregate                            	.50
                                                                    Total revenues                     	17.25
                                                                       Net cost                           $   0.55
                                                                  *Based  on a one-shift, 250-ton-per-day operation in
                                                            which 65,000 tons of incinerator residue are throughput per
                                                            year.
                                                                                                         Aiffl213
                                                                            ft U. S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE  1975 '632-475/553

-------